BE B.tech ECE R22A I VII Semester Syllabus 2024 25
BE B.tech ECE R22A I VII Semester Syllabus 2024 25
BE B.tech ECE R22A I VII Semester Syllabus 2024 25
Bachelor of Engineering
in
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
(Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25)
Institute
To be a Centre of excellence in technical education and research.
Vision
Institute
To address the emerging needs through quality technical education and advanced research.
Mission
Department To emerge as a vibrant model of excellence in education, research and innovation in Electronics and
Vision Communication Engineering.
To impart strong theoretical and practical knowledge of the state of art technologies to meet
M1
growing challenges in the industry.
Department To carry out the advanced and need based research in consultation with the renowned research
M2
Mission and industrial organizations.
Engage successfully in professional career and/or pursue higher education in Electronics and
PEO 1
Communication and allied areas.
Pursue research, design and development of state-of-the art systems applying the knowledge
PEO 2
of Electronics and Communication engineering.
Exhibit professional ethics and values with lifelong learning and work effectively as
PEO 4
individuals/team members in multidisciplinary projects.
1. Ability to apply the acquired knowledge of core subjects in design and development of
PSO 1
Communications/Signal processing / VLSI / Embedded systems.
Analyze and solve the complex Electronics and Communication engineering problems using
PSO 2
state-of-art hardware and software tools.
2. Develop innovative technologies for Entrepreneurship based on the research outcomes of
PSO 3 Electronics and Communication engineering.
3.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
8. Ethics
norms of the engineering practice.
Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in
12. Life-long Learning
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
SEMESTER – I
Scheme of
Scheme of Examination
Instruction
Course
S.no Title of the Course Hours Per Duration Maximum Credits
Code
Week of SEE Marks
L T P/D in Hours CIE SEE
THEORY
1 22MTC02 Calculus 3 1 - 3 40 60 4
2 22CYC01 Chemistry 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Basic Electrical
3 22EEC01 2 1 - 3 40 60 3
Engineering
Problem Solving and
4 22CSC40 Programming using 2 1 - 3 40 60 3
Python
PRACTICALS
5 22CYC02 Chemistry Lab - - 3 3 50 50 1.5
CALCULUS
(Common to ECE, EEE, MECH, CHEM, CIVIL)
Instruction 3 L + 1T Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 4
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To explain the solutions of system of linear equations by Matrix Methods.
2. To discuss mean value theorems.
3. To explain the Partial Derivatives and the extreme values of functions of two variables.
4. To explain the shape of curves, their areas and volumes of revolutions.
5. To discuss the convergence and divergence of the series.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply the Matrix Methods to solve system of linear equations.
2. Analyze the geometrical interpretation of Mean value theorems and curvature.
3. Determine the extreme values of functions of two variables.
4. Find the shape of the curve, surface areas and volumes of revolution.
5. Examine the convergence and divergence of infinite Series.
CO 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 1
CO 5 3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - 1 3 3 1
UNIT-I
Matrices: Rank of a matrix, Echelon form, consistency of linear system of equations, Linear dependence
and independence of vectors. Eigen values, Eigenvectors, Properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors,
Cayley Hamilton theorem, Quadratic form, Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by linear
transformation, Nature of quadratic form.
UNIT-II
Calculus: Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s Mean value theorem, Cauchy’s Mean value theorem (without
proofs). Curvature, Radius of curvature, Centre of curvature, Evolute and Involute, Envelopes.
UNIT-III
Partial Differentiation and Its Applications: Functions of two or more variables, Partial derivatives, Higher
order partial derivatives, Total derivative, Differentiation of implicit functions, Jacobians, Taylor’s expansion of
functions of two variables, Maxima and minima of functions of two variables.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Applications of definite integrals: Curve tracing of standard curves (Cartesian only), Applications of definite
integrals to evaluate length of curves, surface areas and volumes of revolutions.
UNIT-V
Sequences and Series: Convergence of sequence and series. Tests for convergence of series: Comparison test,
limit comparison test, D’Alembert’s ratio test, Raabe’s test, Cauchy’s root test, Alternating series, Leibnitz’s
series, absolute and conditional convergence.
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44 th Edition, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9 th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
Suggested Reading:
1. B.V.Ramana., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 11th Reprint, 2010.
2. R.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications, 5 th edition, 2016.
3. David.Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2 nd Edition, Brooks/ Cole, 2005.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/111/107/111107112/(Unit-1,3 and 5)
2. NPTEL :: Mathematics - NOC:Differential Calculus in Several Variables- https:// archive. nptel.ac.in
/courses/ 111/104/111104085/(Modules- 1,2,4, and 5)
3. NPTEL :: Mathematics - NOC:Advanced Calculus For Engineers (Week- 1,2,3 and 4)
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CYC01
CHEMISTRY
(Common to All Branches)
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. This syllabus helps at providing the concepts of chemical bonding and chemical kinetics to the students
aspiring to become practicing engineers.
2. Thermodynamic and Electrochemistry units give conceptual knowledge about processes and how they
can be producing electrical energy and efficiency of systems.
3. To teach students the value of chemistry and to improve the research opportunities knowledge of
stereochemistry and organic reactions is essential.
4. Water chemistry unit impart the knowledge and understand the role of chemistry in the daily life.
5. New materials lead to discovering of technologies in strategic areas for which an insight into Polymers,
nanomaterials and basic drugs of modern chemistry is essential.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able to:
1. Identify the microscopic chemistry in terms of molecular orbitals, intermolecular forces and rate of
chemical reactions.
2. Discuss the properties and processes using thermodynamic functions, electrochemical cells and their role
in batteries and fuel cells.
3. Illustrate the major chemical reactions that are used in the synthesis of organic molecules.
4. Classify the various methods used in treatment of water for domestic and industrial use.
5. Outline the synthesis of various Engineering materials & Drugs.
CO 2 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
CO 3 3 2 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
CO 4 3 2 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
CO 5 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
UNIT-I
Atomic and molecular structure and Chemical Kinetics:
Atomic and molecular structure: Molecular Orbital theory - atomic and molecular orbitals. Linear combination
of atomic orbitals (LCAO) method. Molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules. Molecular Orbital Energy level
diagrams (MOED) of diatomic molecules & molecular ions (H2 , He2+ ,N2 , O2 , O2 ¯, CO, NO). Pi- molecular
orbitals of benzene and its aromaticity.
Chemical Kinetics: Introduction, Terms involved in kinetics: rate of reaction, order & molecularity; First order
reaction-Characteristics: units of first order rate constant & its half-life period, second order reaction-
Characteristics: units of second order rate constant & its half- life period. Numericals.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-II
Use of free energy in chemical equilibria
Use of free energy in chemical equilibria: Thermodynamic functions: Internal energy, entropy and free energy.
Significance of entropy and free energy (criteria of spontaneity). Free energy and emf (Gibbs Helmholtz equations
and its applications). Cell potentials, electrode potentials – Reference electrodes (NHE, SCE) - electrochemical
series. Nernst equation and its applications. Determination of pH using combined Glass & Calomel electrode.
Potentiometric Acid base & Redox Titrations. Numericals.
Battery technology: Rechargeable batteries & Fuel cells.
Lithium batteries: Introduction, construction, working and applications of Li-MnO2 and Li-ion batteries.
Fuel Cells: Introduction, difference between conventional cell and fuel cell, limitations & advantages.
Construction, working & applications of methanol-oxygen fuel cell.
UNIT- III
Stereochemistry and Organic reactions
Stereochemistry: Representations of 3 dimensional structures, Types of stereoisomerism- Conformational
isomerism – confirmations of n-butane (Newman and sawhorse representations), Configurational isomerism -
Geometrical (cis-trans) isomerism & Optical isomerism- optical activity, Symmetry and chirality: Enantiomers
(lactic acid) & Diastereomers (Tartaric acid), Absolute configurations, Sequence rules for R&S notation.
Types of Organic reactions: Substitution Reactions- Electrophilic substitution (Nitration of Benzene);
Nucleophilic Substitution (SN1& SN2); Free Radical Substitution (Halogenation of Alkanes)
Addition Reactions: Electrophilic Addition – Markonikoff’s rule, Free radical Addition - Anti Markonikoff’s rule
(Peroxide effect), Nucleophilic Addition – (Addition of HCN to carbonyl compounds)
Eliminations-E1 and E2 (dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides).
Cyclization (Diels - Alder reaction)
UNIT–IV
Water Chemistry
Hardness of water – Types, units of hardness, Disadvantages of hard water, Alkalinity and Estimation of Alkalinity
of water, Boiler troubles - scales & sludge formation, causes and effects, Softening of water by lime soda process
(Cold lime soda process), ion exchange method and Reverse Osmosis. Specifications of potable water & industrial
water. Disinfection of water by Chlorination; break point chlorination, BOD and COD definition, Estimation (only
brief procedure) and significance, Numericals.
UNIT-V
Engineering Materials and Drugs:
Introduction, Terms used in polymer science; Thermoplastic polymers (PVC) &Thermosetting polymers
(Bakelite); Elastomers (Natural rubber). Conducting polymers- Definition, classification and applications.
Polymers for Electronics: Polymer resists for integrated circuit fabrication, lithography and
photolithography.
Nano materials-Introduction to nano materials and general applications, basic chemical methods of preparation-
Sol-gel method. Carbon nanotubes and their applications. Characterisation of nanomaterials by SEM and TEM
(only Principle).
Drugs-Introduction, Synthesis and uses of Aspirin (analgesic), Paracetamol (Antipyretic), Atenolol
(antihypertensive).
Text Books:
1. P.C. Jain and M. Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company Ltd.,New Delhi,16 th
edition (2015).
2. W.U. Malik, G.D.Tuli and R.D.Madan, “Selected topics in Inorganic Chemistry”, S Chand & Company
Ltd, New Delhi, reprint (2009).
3. R.T. Morrison, R.N. Boyd and S.K. Bhattacharjee, “Organic Chemistry”, Pearson, Delhi, 7th edition
(2019).
4. A Textbook of Polymer Science and Technology , Shashi Chawla,Dhanpat Rai & Co. (2014)
5. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, Delhi, 2012
6. G.L. David Krupadanam, D. Vijaya Prasad, K. Varaprasad Rao, K.L.N. Reddy and C.Sudhakar, “Drugs”,
Universities Press (India) Limited, Hyderabad (2007).
Suggested Readings:
1. B. H. Mahan, “University Chemistry”, Narosa Publishing house, New Delhi, 3 rd edition (2013).
2. B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma and M.S. Pathania, “Principles of Physical Chemistry”, S. Nagin Chand &
Company Ltd., 46th edition (2013).
3. T.W. Graham Solomons, C.B. Fryhle and S.A. Snyder, “Organic Chemistry”, Wiley, 12th edition (2017).
4. P.W. Atkins, J.D. Paula, “Physical Chemistry”, Oxford, 8th edition (2006).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EEC01 BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To understand the behaviour of different circuit elements R, L & C, and the basic concepts of electrical
AC circuit analysis
2. To comprehend the basic principle of operation of AC and DC machines
3. To infer about different types of electrical wires and cables, domestic and industrial wiring. safety rules
and methods of earthing.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts of Kirchhoff’s laws and their application various theorems to get solution of
simple dc circuits.
2. Predict the steady state response of RLC circuits with AC single phase/three phase supply.
3. Infer the basics of single phase transformer
4. Describe the construction, working principle of DC machine and 3-phase Induction motor.
5. Acquire the knowledge of electrical wires, cables, earthing, Electrical safety precautions to be followed
in electrical installations and electric shock and its safety and energy calculations.
CO 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 2 - 3 3 3 2
CO 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - 1 2 - 3 3 3 2
CO 4 2 1 - - - - - - 1 2 - 3 3 3 2
CO 5 2 - 2 - - - - - 1 2 - 3 3 3 2
UNIT-I
DC Circuits: Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current sources, Kirchhoff current and voltage
laws, analysis of simple circuits with dc excitation, Superposition, Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorems.
UNIT-II
AC Circuits: Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and RMS values, phasor representation, real power,
reactive power, apparent power, power factor, Analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of R, L, C, series
RL and RC. Three phase balanced circuits, voltage and current relations in star and delta connections.
UNIT-III
Single Phase Transformer: Construction, Working principle, EMF Equation, Ideal and Practical transformer,
Equivalent circuit of Transformer, OC and SC tests on a transformer, Efficiency and Regulation
UNIT-IV
DC and AC Machines: DC Generators: Construction, Principle of operation, EMF equation, Classification,
Characteristics of shunt generators. DC Motors: Classification, Torque Equation, Characteristics and Speed
control of DC Shunt and Series Motors, Losses and efficiency Three - Phase Induction Motors: Principle of
operation, Applications
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
Electrical Installations: Electrical Wiring: Types of wires and cables, Electrical Safety precautions in handling
electrical appliances, electric shock, first aid for electric shock, safety rules.
Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, Earthing (Elementary Treatment only),
Elementary calculations for energy consumption.
Text Books:
1. L. S. Bobrow, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Oxford University Press, 2011.
2. E. Hughes, Electrical and Electronics Technology, Pearson, 2010.
Suggested Reading:
1. D. P. Kothari & I. J. Nagrath, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 1989
3. D.C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 2009
4. P.V. Prasad, S. Sivanagaraju, R. Prasad, "Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering" Cengage Learning, 1st
Edition, 2013.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CSC40
PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING USING PYTHON
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Master the fundamentals of writing Python scripts, learn core Python scripting elements such as
variables, data types, operators and flow control structures.
2. Discover how to work with lists and sequence data and write Python functions to facilitate code reuse.
3. Explore Python Arrays, Perform Searching/Sorting using Collections, Use Python to read and write files.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand real world problems and Create algorithms/flowcharts/decision tables for solving those
problems.
2. Interpret the data types, operators and tokens of Python for solving basic programming solutions.
3. Apply the constructs like selection, repetition and functions to modularize the programs.
4. Analyze searching/sorting techniques to solve problems that involve finding and manipulating data.
5. Design and build applications with built-in modules and files.
CO 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 4 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 5 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
UNIT - I
Techniques of Problem Solving: Algorithms, Flowcharts, Decision Table, Programming methodologies viz.
top-down and bottom-up programming.
Software requirements for programming: Operating System, Editor (IDE), Compiler, Linker, Loader.
Introduction to Python: Structure of a Python Program, Python program execution steps, Python Interpreter
and Script mode of programming, Lines and Indentation, Identifiers and keywords, Literals, Python suite,
comments, quotation in python.
UNIT – II
Data Types in Python: Numeric (integer, float, complex), Sequence type with Functions and Methods (string,
list and nested/multidimensional lists, tuple), Boolean, Set with Functions and Methods, Dictionary with
Functions and Methods, Binary types (bytearray, bytes, memoryview). Type Conversion, Input-Output
functions.
UNIT – III
Python Operators: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Bitwise, Assignment, Identity and Membership, Ternary
operator. Operator precedence and associativity.
Decision Control Statements: Selection/Conditional Branching, Loop Control Structures, Nested Loops.
Comprehensions: List, Dictionary, Set comprehensions.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT – IV
Arrays: Array Definition, Initialization and Accessing elements:1D arrays using array module, 2D arrays using
numpy module.
Functions and Modules: Uses of functions, Function definition, Function call, Parameter types, Variable scope
and Lifetime, Recursion, Lambda functions.
UNIT – V
Searching and Sorting Techniques: Linear Search, Binary Search, Selection Sort, Bubble Sort.
File Handling: File types, opening and closing files, reading and writing files, file positions.
Text Books:
1. Taming Python by Programming, Jeeva Jose, Revised Edition 2019, Khanna Book Publications.
2. Python Programming, Reema Thareja, Oxford Press, 2017.
3. Let us Python, Yashavant Kanetkar and Aditya Kanetkar, First Edition, 2019, BPB Publications.
Suggested Reading:
1. Learn Python 3 the Hard Way, Zed A. Shaw, First Edition, 2018, Pearson Education Inc.
2. Python in easy steps: Makes Programming Fun, Mike Mc Grath, Kindle Edition, 2017.
3. The Python Standard Library by Example by Doug Hellmann, Second Edition, June 2017.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec24_cs01/preview.
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/python.
3. https://www.python.org.
4. https://www.visual-paradigm.com/tutorials/decision-table-in-action.jsp.
5. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/python
6. https://www.python.org
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CYC02
CHEMISTRY LAB
(Common to All Branches)
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To impart fundamental knowledge in handling the equipment / glassware and chemicals in
chemistry laboratory.
2. To provide the knowledge in both qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis.
3. The student should be conversant with the principles of volumetric analysis.
4. To apply various instrumental methods to analyse the chemical compounds and to improve
understanding of theoretical concepts.
5. To interpret the theoretical concepts in the preparation of new materials like drugs and polymers.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able to:
1. Identify the basic chemical methods to analyse the substances quantitatively & qualitatively.
2. Estimate the amount of chemical substances by volumetric analysis.
3. Determine the rate constants of reactions from concentration of reactants / products as a function of
time.
4. Calculate the concentration and amount of various substances using instrumental techniques.
5. Develop the basic drug molecules and polymeric compounds.
CO 2 3 2 1 - - 1 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
CO 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
CO 4 3 2 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
CO 5 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 1 1 1
Chemistry Lab
1. Introduction: Preparation of standard solution of oxalic acid and standardisation of NaOH.
2. Estimation of metal ions (Co+2& Ni+2) by EDTA method.
3. Estimation of temporary and permanent hardness of water using EDTA solution
4. Determination of Alkalinity of water
5. Determination of rate constant for the reaction of hydrolysis of methyl acetate. (first order)
6. Determination of rate constant for the reaction between potassium per sulphate and potassium Iodide.
(second order)
7. Estimation of amount of HCl Conductometrically using NaOH solution.
8. Estimation of amount of HCl and CH3COOH present in the given mixture of acids
Conductometrically using NaOH solution.
9. Estimation of amount of HCl Potentiometrically using NaOH solution.
10. Estimation of amount of Fe+2 Potentiometrically using KMnO4 solution
11. Preparation of Nitrobenzene from Benzene.
12. Synthesis of Aspirin drug and Paracetamol drug.
13. Synthesis of phenol formaldehyde resin.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Text Books:
1. J. Mendham and Thomas , “Vogel’s text book of quantitative chemical analysis”, Pearson education
Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi ,6th ed. 2002.
2. Senior practical physical chemistry by B.D.Khosla, V.C.Garg&A.Gulati,; R. Chand & Co. : New Delhi
(2011).
Suggested Readings:
1. Dr.Subdharani , “Laboratory Manual on Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing, 2012.
2. S.S. Dara , “A Textbook on experiment and calculation in engineering chemistry”, S.Chand and
Company, 9th revised edition, 2015.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MBC02N
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
Course Objectives:
The main Objectives of this Course are to:
1. Develop an appreciation of Rural culture, life-style and wisdom among the Students.
2. Learn about the various livelihood activities that contribute to Rural economy.
3. Familiarize the Rural Institutions and the Rural Development Programmes in India.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this Course, Student will be able to:
1. Gain an understanding of Rural life, Culture and Social realities.
2. Develop a sense of empathy and bonds of mutuality with Local Communities.
3. Appreciate significant contributions of Local communities to Indian Society and Economy.
4. Exhibit the knowledge of Rural Institutions and contributing to Community’s Socio-Economic
improvements.
5. Utilise the opportunities provided by Rural Development Programmes.
Text Books:
1. Singh, Katar, Rural Development: Principles, Policies and Management, Sage Publications, New Delhi,
2015.
2. A Hand book on Village Panchayat Administration, Rajiv Gandhi Chair for Panchayati Raj Studies,
2002.
3. United Nations, Sustainable Development Goals, 2015, un.org / sdgs.
4. M.P Boraia, Best Practices in Rural Development, Shanlax Publishers, 2016.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Journals:
1. Journal of Rural development (published by NIRD & PR, Hyderabad).
2. Indian Journal of Social Work, (by TISS, Bombay).
3. Indian Journal of Extension Educations (by Indian Society of Extension Education).
4. Journal of Extension Education (by Extension Education Society).
5. Kurukshetra (Ministry of Rural Development, GOI).
6. Yojana (Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, GOI).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CSC41
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Master the fundamentals of writing Python scripts.
2. Learn Python elements such as variables, flow controls structures, functions and modules.
3. Discover how to work with lists and sequence data and files.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Inspect and identify suitable programming environment to work with Python.
2. Choose appropriate control constructs, data structures to design and build the solutions.
3. Develop the solutions with modular approach using functions to enhance the code efficiency.
4. Analyze and debug the programs to verify and validate code.
5. Demonstrate use of Standard Template Libraries and modules to build file handling/Searching/Sorting
applications.
Text Books:
1. Taming Python by Programming, Jeeva Jose, Revised Edition 2019, Khanna Book Publications.
2. Python Programming, Reema Thareja, Oxford Press, 2017.
3. Let us Python, Yashavant Kanetkar and Aditya Kanetkar, First Edition, 2019, BPB Publications.
Suggested Reading:
1. Learn Python 3 the Hard Way, Zed A. Shaw, First Edition, 2018, Pearson Education Inc.
2. Python in easy steps: Makes Programming Fun, Mike Mc Grath, Kindle Edition, 2017.
3. The Python Standard Library by Example by Doug Hellmann, Second Edition, June 2017.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec24_cs01/preview.
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/python
3. https://www.python.org
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MEC37N
ROBOTICS AND DRONES LAB
Course Outcomes:
After completion of course, students would be able to:
1. Understand mechanical structures, motors, sensors, and circuits essential for constructing robots.
2. Demonstrate the utilization of sensors (Ultrasonic, IR, Rotary Encoder) for Arduino interfacing, reading data,
and integrating them seamlessly into robotics applications.
3. Demonstrate expertise in operating robot controllers, applying theory to precisely control servo and stepper
motors, 2 wheel robots ensuring desired motion.
4. Able to apply Python and OpenCV for image processing, including RGB extraction and ROI tasks.
5. Proficiently assemble a quadcopter drone, showcasing understanding of its classification, parts, and
operational principles / Proficiency to develop autonomous systems fostering creativity and practical
application.
Lab Experiments:
Experiment Title
No
4. Interfacing Arduino with IR Sensor and Reading Sensor Data on Serial Monitor
5. Interfacing Arduino with Rotary Encoder and Reading Sensor Data on Serial Monitor
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
7. Implement a system that utilizes an Arduino microcontroller to control the precise and
sequential movements of a stepper motor.
Note:
Mandatory Open-Ended Project (20 marks) in CIE.
Any 10 experiments the students must do among the 12 experiments.
Suggested readings:
1. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/robotics-introduction.
2. https://www.ohio.edu/mechanical-faculty/williams/html/PDF/IntroRob.pdf.
3. https://www.idtechex.com/en/research-report/new-robotics-and-drones-2018-2038-technologies-forecasts-
players/584.
4. https://dronebotworkshop.com.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EEC02
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. To acquire the knowledge on different types of electrical elements and to verify the basic electrical circuit
laws and theorems.
2. To determine the parameters and power factor of a coil, calculate the time and frequency responses of
RLC circuits and to familiarize with measurement of electric power & energy.
3. To determine the characteristics of Transformers, dc, ac machines and switch gear components.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students are expected to:
1. Comprehend the circuit analysis techniques using various circuital laws and theorems.
2. Analyse the parameters of the given coil and measurement of power and energy in AC circuits
3. Determine the turns ration/performance parameters of single-phase transformer
4. Infer the characteristics of DC shunt motor different tests.
5. Illustrate different parts and their function of electrical components, equipment and machines.
CO 2 3 2 1 - - 1 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 4 3 2 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 5 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3 2
SEMESTER – II
Scheme of
Scheme of Examination
Instruction
Course
S.no Title of the Course Hours Per Duration Maximum Credits
Code
Week of SEE Marks
L T P/D in Hours CIE SEE
THEORY
Vector Calculus and
1 22MTC05 3 1 - 3 40 60 4
Differential Equations
Electromagnetic
2 22PYC06 Theory and Quantum 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Mechanics
3 22CEC01N Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 3 40 60 4
4 22EGC01N English 2 - - 3 40 60 2
PRACTICALS
Electromagnetic
5 22PYC09 Theory and Quantum - - 3 3 50 50 1.5
Mechanics Lab
6 22EGC02N English lab - - 2 3 50 50 1
Digital Fabrication
8 22MEC38N - - 3 3 50 50 1.5
Workshop
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. To explain scalar and vector functions with its Physical interpretations.
2. To discuss vector line, surface and volume integrals.
3. To explain relevant methods to solve first order differential equations.
4. To discuss the solution of higher order Differential Equations
5. To learn Numerical solution of ODE and Engineering problems.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply the vector differential operators to Scalars and Vector functions.
2. Solve line, surface & volume integrals by Greens, Gauss and Stoke’s theorems.
3. Calculate the solutions of first order linear differential equations.
4. Solve higher order linear differential equations.
5. Find solution of algebraic, transcendental and ODE by Numerical Methods.
CO 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO 5 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 3 3 2
UNIT-I
Vector Differential Calculus and multiple Integrals: Scalar and Vector point functions, vector operator Del,
Gradient, Directional derivative, Divergence, Curl, Del applied twice to point functions, Del applied to product
of point functions (vector identities), Irrotational fields and Solenoidal fields, Double integral, Change of order of
integration and Triple integrals.
UNIT-II
Vector Integral Calculus: Line integral, Surface integral and Volume integral. Verification of Green’s theorem
in a plane (without proof), verification of Stroke’s theorem (without proof) and Gauss’s divergence theorem
(without proof).
UNIT-III
First Order Ordinary Differential Equations: Exact differential equations, Equations reducible to exact
equations, Linear equation, Bernoulli’s equation, Clairaut’s equation, Riccati’s equation, Orthogonal trajectories,
Rate of decay of Radio-active materials.
UNIT-IV
Higher Orders Linear Differential Equations: Higher order linear differential equations with constant
coefficients, rules for finding Complementary function, Particular Integral and General solution. Method of
variation of parameters, solution of Cauchy- Euler equation, LR and LCR circuits.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
Numerical Methods: Solution of Algebraic and transcendental equations by Bisection method, Regula-Falsi
method Newton-Raphson method. Numerical Solutions of First Order Ordinary differential equations by Taylor’s
series method, Euler’s method, Modified Euler’s method and Runge-Kutta method of fourth order.
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44 th Edition, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9 th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
Suggested Reading:
1. N.P.Bali and Dr. Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications, 9 th
edition, 2017.
2. R.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications, 5 th edition, 2016.
e Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/111/105/111105122/ (Week – 7 to Week 12)
2. NPTEL :: Mathematics - NOC:Advanced Calculus For Engineers (Week 5 and Week 6)
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111107105 (Unit -2 and Unit-8)
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22PYC06
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY AND QUANTUM MECHANICS
(ECE & EEE)
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This course aims to:
1. Understand the fundamentals of wave nature of light.
2. Familiar with static and dynamic nature of electric and magnetic fields.
3. Acquire knowledge of lasers and fiber optics.
4. Learn basics of quantum mechanics and properties of solids.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon the completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Interpret the wave nature of the light.
2. Extend the laws of electric and magnetic fields for wireless communication.
3. Explain the principles of lasers and fiber optic communication.
4. Find the applications of quantum mechanics.
5. Identify semiconductors for engineering applications.
CO 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
CO 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 2
CO 5 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 2
UNIT-I
Wave Optics: Huygen’s principle – Superposition of waves – Interference of light by wavefront splitting and
amplitude splitting –Interference in thin films (reflected light) – Newton’s rings – Fraunhofer diffraction from a
single slit – Double slit diffraction–Concept of N-slits–Diffraction grating. Polarization: Introduction–Malus’s
law –Double refraction –Nicol’s prism–Quarter-wave plate and half-wave plate– Optical activity– Laurent’s half
shade polarimeter.
UNIT-II
Electrostatics: Calculation of electric field and electrostatic potential for a charge distribution–Divergence and
curl of electrostatic field– Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations for electrostatic potential– Uniqueness theorem.
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart law–Divergence and curl of static magnetic field –Equation for magnetic vector
potential and its solution for given current densities – Ferromagnetic, paramagnetic and diamagnetic materials–
B-H curve.
Electromagnetic Theory: Review of steady and varying fields–Conduction current and displacement current–
Maxwell’s equations in differential and integral forms–Electromagnetic wave propagation in free space,
dielectric and conducting media – Poynting theorem – Skin depth.
UNIT-III
Lasers: Characteristics of lasers – Einstein’s coefficients –Amplification of light by population inversion – Ruby
laser – He-Ne laser – Semiconductor laser –Applications of lasers in engineering and medicine.
Fiber Optics: Introduction –Construction –Principle –Propagation of light through an optical fiber – Numerical
aperture and acceptance angle – Step-index and graded-index fibers –Pulse dispersion –Fiber losses –Fiber optic
communication system –Applications.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Quantum Mechanics: Introduction –Wave nature of particles – de-Broglie hypothesis –Physical significance
of ψ –Time-dependent and time-independent Schrodinger equations – Born interpretation – Probability current
–Wave-packets –Uncertainty principle –Particle in infinite square well potential.
UNIT-V
Physics of Solids and Semiconductors: Salient features of free electron theory of metals (Classical and
Quantum) – Fermi level – Bloch’s theorem for particles in a periodic potential –Kronig-Penney model – Origin
of energy bands –Classification of solids: metals, semiconductors and insulators –Intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors–Carrier generation and recombination–Carrier transport: diffusion and drift–P-N junction –
Thermistor – Hall effect – LED – Solar cell.
Text Books:
1. B. K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Engineering Physics, Cengage Publications, 2012.
2. M. N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, A Text Book of Engineering Physics, S. Chand Publications, 2014.
3. M. Arumugam, Materials Science, Anuradha Publications, 2015.
4. S. L. Gupta and Sanjeev Gupta, Modern Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2011.
Suggested Reading:
1. R. Murugeshan and KiruthigaSivaprasath, Modern Physics, S. Chand Publications, 2014.
2. V. Rajendran, Engineering Physics, McGraw-Hill Education Publications, 2013.
3. P. K. Palanisamy, Engineering Physics, Scitech Publications, 2012.
4. V. Raghavan, Materials Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited; 6 th
Revised edition, 2015.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CEC01N
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Instruction 3L+1T Periods per week
Duration of End Examination 3 Hours
End Examination 60 Marks
Sessional 40 Marks
Credits 4
Course Objectives:
This course aim is to:
1. Understand the resolution of forces and to obtain resultant of all force systems.
2. Understand equilibrium conditions of static loads for smooth and frictional surface.
3. Analyse simple trusses for forces in various members of a truss.
4. Obtain centroid, centre of gravity for various regular and composite areas and bodies.
5. Obtain Moment of inertia for various regular and composite areas.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Calculate the components and resultant of coplanar forces system and Draw free body diagrams to
analyze the forces in the given structure.
2. Understand the mechanism of friction and can solve friction problems.
3. Analyse simple trusses for forces in various members of a truss.
4. Determine the centroid of plane areas, composite areas and centres of gravity of bodies.
5. Determine moments of inertia of plane and composite areas.
CO 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
UNIT- I
Resolution and Resultant of Force System: Basic concepts of a force system. Components of forces in a plane.
Resultant of coplanar concurrent force system. Moment of a force, couple and their applications. Resultant of
coplanar non-concurrent force system Equilibrium of force system: Free body diagrams, equations of
equilibrium of planar force systems and its applications. Problems on general case of coplanar force systems.
UNIT- II
Theory of friction: Introduction, types of friction, laws of friction, application of friction to a single body &
connecting systems. Wedge friction.
UNIT- III
Analysis of Simple Trusses: Introduction to trusses, Assumptions, analysis of simple trusses using method of
joints and method of sections.
UNIT- IV
Centroid: Significance of centroid, moment of area, centroid of line elements, plane areas, composite areas,
theorems of Pappu’s & its applications. Center of gravity of elementary and composite bodies.
UNIT- V
Moment of Inertia: Definition of Moment of Inertia, Area Moment of Inertia, Polar Moment of Inertia,
Radius of gyration, Transfer theorem, Moment of Inertia of elementary & composite areas.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Text Books:
1. K. Vijay Kumar Reddy and J. Suresh Kumar, Singer’s Engineering Mechanics, BS Publications,
Hyderabad, 2011.
2. Ferdinand L Singer, Engineering Mechanics, Harper and Collins, Singapore, 1904.
Suggested Reading:
1. S. Rajashekaran & G. Sankarasubramanyam, Engineering Mechanics, Vikas publications, Hyderabad,
2002.
2. Basudeb Bhattacharyya, Engineering Mechanics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008.
3. A K Tayal, Engineering Mechanics, Umesh Publications, New Delhi, 2010.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106286/
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106180/
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EGC01N
ENGLISH
(BE/B.Tech - Common to all Branches)
Instruction 2LHours per Week
Duration of Semester End Examination 3 Hours
Semester End Examination 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 2
Course Objectives: The course is taught with the objectives of enabling the students to:
1. Improve their understanding of communication skills while developing their usage of English for correct
use of grammar and vocabulary.
2. Equip themselves with Reading Comprehension strategies and techniques.
3. Enhance their writing skills through paragraphs, précis and essays by using devices of cohesion and
coherence.
4. Build appropriate, longer meaningful sentences for professional writing through formal letters and e-
mails.
5. Demonstrate knowledge of drafting formal reports to define, describe and classify the processes by
following a proper structure.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course the students will be able to:
1. Step-up the awareness of correct usage of English grammar and vocabulary by speaking fluently and
comprehensively with a grip on communication skills.
2. Apply effective reading techniques through critical reading exercises to enhance quality of life and to
support lifelong learning.
3. Develop their ability to write paragraphs independently on any context with cohesion, edit essays
coherently while realizing brevity through précis writing.
4. Construct sentences clearly and comprehensively to write effective business letters and draft emails for
a better professional communication.
5. Advance efficiency in writing, distinguish formal from informal reports and demonstrate advanced
writing skills by drafting formal reports.
CO PO Articulation Matrix
CO 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 3 3 3
CO 3 1 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
CO 4 1 2 1 1 - 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO 5 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
Text Books:
1. Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, “English Language and Communication Skills for Engineers”, Oxford
University Press,2018.
2. “Language and Life: A Skills Approach”, Board of Editors, 2018 th Edition, Orient Black Swan, 2018.
Suggested Readings:
1. Ashraf, M Rizvi, “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.
2. Michael Swan, “Practical English Usage”, Oxford University Press, 4th Edition,2016.
1. Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha Sharma, “Technical Communication: Principles and Practice” 3rd
Edition, Oxford University Press, 2015.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22PYC09
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This course aims to:
1. Apply the concepts of physics while doing experiments.
2. Understand the nature of the light experimentally.
3. Analyze the behavior of semiconductor materials and optoelectronic devices.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Experiment with the concept of errors and find the ways to minimize the errors.
2. Demonstrate properties of light experimentally.
3. Find the applications of lasers and optical fibers in engineering applications.
4. Make use of semiconductor devices for practical applications.
5. Illustrate the working of optoelectronic devices.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 3 2 2 3 1 3 1 3 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
CO 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 2
CO 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
CO 4 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 2
CO 5 3 1 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 2
Experiments
1. Error Analysis : Estimation of errors in the determination of time period of a torsional
pendulum
2. Newton’s Rings : Determination of wavelength of given monochromatic source
3. Single Slit Diffraction : Determination of wavelength of given monochromatic source
4. Diffraction Grating : Determination of wavelengths of two yellow lines of light of mercury
lamp
5. Malus’s Law : Verification of Malus’s law
6. Double Refraction : Determination of refractive indices of O-ray and E-ray of given calcite
crystal
7. Polarimeter : Determination of specific rotation of glucose
8. Laser : Determination of wavelength of given semiconductor laser
9. Optical Fiber : Determination of numerical aperture and power losses of given optical
fiber
10. Energy Gap : Determination of energy gap of given semiconductor
11. P-N Junction Diode : Study of V-I characteristics and calculation of resistance of given diode in
forward bias and reverse bias
12. Thermistor : Determination of temperature coefficient of resistance of given thermistor
13. Hall Effect : Determination of Hall coefficient, carrier concentration and mobility of
charge carriers of given semiconductor specimen
14. LED : Study of I-V characteristics of given LED
15. Solar Cell : Study of I-V characteristics of given solar cell and calculation of fill
factor, efficiency and series resistance
22EGC02N
ENGLISH LAB
(BE/B.Tech - Common to all Branches)
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course the students will be able to:
1. Define the speech sounds in English and understand the nuances of pronunciation in English.
2. Produce speech with clarity and confidenceusing correct word and sentence stress, and intonation.
3. Achieve improved ability to listen, understand, analyse, and respond to English spoken in various
settings.
4. Read, interpret, and review a variety of written texts, contexts, and perform appropriately in different
situations.
5. Design effective posters collaboratively through creative decisions, give presentations, and efficiently
participate in Group discussions.
CO 2 - - - - - 1 - 1 2 2 1 3 3 3 3
CO 3 - - - - - 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3
CO 5 - 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
Exercises
Text Books:
1. T Balasubramanian, “A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students”, Macmillan, 2 nd Edition,
2012.
2. J Sethi et al., “A Practical Course in English Pronunciation (with CD)”, Prentice Hall India, 2005.
3. Priyadarshi Patnaik, “Group Discussions and Interview Skills”, Cambridge University Press Pvt. Ltd.,
2nd Edition, 2015.
4. Aruna Koneru, “Professional Speaking Skills”, Oxford University Press, 2018.
Suggested Reading:
1. “English Language Communication Skills – Lab Manual cum Workbook”, Cengage Learning India Pvt.
Ltd., 2022.
2. KN Shoba& J. Lourdes Javani Rayen.“Communicative English – A workbook”, Cambridge University
Press, 2019.
3. Sanjay Kumar& Pushp. Lata. “Communication Skills: A Workbook. Oxford University Press”, 2019.
4. Veerendra Mishra et al. “English Language Skills: A Practical Approach”, Cambridge University Press,
2020.
Suggested Software:
1. K-VAN Multi-Media Language Lab
2. TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS).
3. Digital All Orell Digital Language Lab (Licensed Version).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MEC01N
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
Instruction 1 T + 3 D Hours per week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 2.5
Prerequisite: Nil
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Get exposure to a cad package and its utility.
2. Understand orthographic projections.
3. Visualize different solids and their sections in orthographic projection
4. Prepare the student to communicate effectively by using isometric projection.
5. Prepare the student to use the techniques, skills, and modern tools necessary for practice.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, student will be able to:
1. Become conversant with appropriate use of CAD software for drafting and able to draw conic sections.
2. Understand orthographic projections of points and straight lines.
3. Draw the projections of planes.
4. Draw and analyze the internal details of solids through sectional views.
5. Create an isometric projections and views.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 3 3 2 1 2 2 - 1 2 3 1 3 2 1 2
CO 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 - 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 - 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 2 - 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO 5 3 2 2 1 2 2 - 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
List of Exercises:
1. Introduction to CAD package: Settings, draw, modify tools, dimensioning, documentation and practice
exercises using Auto CAD software.
2. Construction of Conic Sections by General method.
3. Orthographic projection: Principles, conventions, Projection of points
4. Projection of straight lines: Simple position, inclined to one plane & inclined to both the planes (without
traces and mid-point)
5. Projection of planes: Perpendicular planes
6. Projection of planes: Oblique planes
7. Projection of solids: Simple position
8. Projection of solids: Inclined to one plane
9. Sections of solids: Prism, pyramid in simple position
10. Sections of solids: Cone and Cylinder in simple position
11. Isometric projections and views
12. Conversion of isometric views to orthographic projections and vice-versa.
Text Books:
1. N.D.Bhatt, “Elementary Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishers, 2012.
2. K.Venugopal, “Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD”, New Age International Pvt.Ltd, 2011.
3. Basanth Agrawal and C M Agrawal, “Engineering Drawing”, 2/e, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
Suggested Reading:
1. Shaw M.B and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, 2/e, Pearson, 2009.
2. K.L. Narayana and P.K. Kannaiah, “Text Book of Engineering Drawing”, Scitech Publications, 2011.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MEC38N
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Understand safety measures to be followed in workshop to avoid accidents.
2. Identify various tools used in carpentry, house wiring and plumbing.
3. Make a given model by using workshop trades like carpentry, plumbing, House wiring and 3d modeling using
solid works software for Additive Manufacturing.
4. Perform pre-processing operations on STL files for 3D printing, also understand reverse engineering process.
5. Conceptualize and produce simple device/mechanism of their choice.
Lab Experiments
Group 1: Workshop Practice
1.To make a lap joint on the given wooden piece according to the given dimensions.
2.To make a dovetail joint on the given wooden piece according to the given dimensions.
3.(a)Wiring of one light point controlled by one single pole switch, a threepin socket controlled by a single switch
3 (b)Wiring of two light points connected in series and controlled by single pole switch. Verify the above circuit
with different bulbs. Wiring of two light points connected in parallel from two single pole switches and a threepin
socket.
4 Stair case wiring Wiring of one light point controlled from two different places independently using two 2way
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
switches.
5 To make external threads for GI pipes using die and connect the GI pipes as per the given diagram using taps,
couplings, and bends.
6 To connect the GI pipes as per the given diagram using, Coupling, Unions, reducers, and bends. To connect the
GI pipes as per the given diagram using shower, tap, and valves and demonstrate by giving water connection.
Text Books:
1. Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K., “Elements of WorkshopTechnology”,
Vol. I, 2008 and Vol. II, Media promoters and publishers private limited, Mumbai, 2010.
2. Kalpakjian S. And Steven S. Schmid, “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”, 4th edition, Pearson
Education India Edition, 2002.
Suggested Reading:
1. Gowri P. Hariharan and A. Suresh Babu, “Manufacturing Technology.
2. Oliver Bothmann, 3D Printers: A Beginner’s Guide, January 1, 2015.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
SEMESTER – III
Scheme of
Scheme of Examination
Instruction
S.no Course Code Title of the Course Duration Maximum Credits
Hours Per Week
of SEE Marks
L T P/D in Hours CIE SEE
THEORY
Transform Theory and
1 22MTC08 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Complex Analysis
Data Structures using
2 22ITC24N 3 - - 3 40 60 3
C
3 22ECC01 Electronic Devices 3 - - 3 40 60 3
EM Waves and
4 22ECC02 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Transmission Lines
Network Analysis and
5 22ECC03N 3 1 - 3 40 60 4
Synthesis
6 22ECC04 Signals and Systems 3 - - 3 40 60 3
PRACTICALS
Data Structures using
7 22ITC25N - - 2 3 50 50 1
C Lab
8 22ECC05 Electronic Devices Lab - - 2 3 50 50 1
Network Analysis and
9 22ECC06 - - 2 3 50 50 1
Synthesis Lab
MOOCs / Training /
10 22ECI01 3-4 Weeks / 90 Hours 50 - 2
Internship
Total 18 1 6 27 440 510 24
22MTC08
TRANSFORM THEORY AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS
Instruction 3 L Hours per week
Duration of Semester end Examination 3 Hours
Semester end Examination 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: The Student should be familiar about elementary Calculus and Complex variables.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To learn the Laplace, Z- Transform concepts.
2. To solve linear and Non-Linear partial differential equations.
3. To learn concepts of analytic functions and complex integration.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Find Laplace, Inverse Laplace and solution of engineering problems.
2. Find the solution of Difference Equation.
3. Understand the methods to find solution of linear and non-linear PDE and solution of wave equation.
4. Solve the problems on analytic functions, Cauchy’s theorem and Cauchy’s integral formula.
5. Complex integrals by using Cauchy’s Residues theorem.
UNIT - I
Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transform of Elementary functions, Linearity property, First Shifting property, Change of scale
property. Laplace Transform of Periodic functions, Transforms of derivatives, integral’s, Multiplication by t and division by t.
Evaluation of Integrals by Laplace Transforms. Inverse Laplace transforms of elementary functions, Inverse Laplace Transform by
Method of partial fractions and Convolution theorem, Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations by Laplace Transform method.
UNIT - II
Z-Transforms: Z-transforms of standard functions, linearity property, damping rule, shifting theorems, multiplication by ‘n’,
Initial value theorem. Inverse Z-transforms of standard functions, Inverse Z-transform by Convolution theorem and partial fractions
method. Z-transform application to different equations.
UNIT - III
Partial Differential Equations: Linear Equations of First Order (Lagrange’s Linear Equations), Solution of First Order Non-linear
Partial Differential Equations (Standard forms) and Charpit’s Method. Solutions by method of separation of variables, solution of
One dimensional wave equation and its applications.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT – IV
Function of Complex Variables: Limit continuity and derivative of complex function, Analytic functions ,C’R equations
,Harmonic functions , Conjugate harmonic function, Complex integration, Cauchy’s theorem (without Proof), Cauchy-integral
formula (without proof).
UNIT - V
Series of Complex terms: Taylor’s Series, Laurent’s Series, Types of Singularities, Residues, Cauchy’s Residue theorem (without
proof), Calculation of Residues.
Series Solution: Bessel’s Equations, Recurrence relations, Expansions of 𝐽0 , 𝐽1 , 𝐽1 , 𝐽−1
2 2
Text Books:
1. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 44th Edition, 2017.
2. Sharma J.N , “Functions of a Complex variables”, Krishna Prakashan Media, 49th Edition.
3. S.C.Gupta, V.K.Kappoor, “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sultan Chand and Sons, 2014.
Suggested Reading:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. Veerarajan T, “Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
3. James ward Brown, Ruel V. Churchill”, Complex variables an Applications”, McGraw Hill Higher Education, 2013.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ITC24
DATA STRUCTURES USING C
(Common for ECE and EEE)
Prerequisites: Problem Solving and Programming, Problem Solving and Programming Laboratory.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Discuss the basics of C Programming
2. Learn the usage of functions, arrays, pointers, and structures.
3. Familiarise with the concepts of Functions, Arrays, Pointers and Structures.
4. Introduce Stack, Queue and Linked lists data structures.
5. Explain the concepts of non-linear data structures like graphs and trees.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, the student will be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of C Programming language.
2. Understand the usage of functions, arrays, pointers, and structures.
3. Apply the concepts of Stacks and Queues in solving the problems.
4. Demonstrate the standard operations on Linked lists.
5. Explain tree traversals and graph traversal techniques.
UNIT -I
Introduction to C Language: C language elements, variable declarations and data types, operators and expressions, decision
statements – If and switch statements, loop control statements – while, for, do-while statements, arrays.
UNIT -II
Functions: Types of functions, Recursion and argument passing, pointers, storage allocation, pointers to functions, expressions
involving pointers, Storage classes – auto, register, static, extern, Structures, Unions, and Command line arguments.
UNIT -III
Basics: Algorithm specification, Data Abstraction, Performance Analysis
Stacks and Queues: Stack ADT, Queue ADT, Mazing Problem, Evaluation of Expressions
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT -IV
Lists: Singly Linked Lists, Dynamically Linked Stacks and Queues, Polynomials, Additional List Operations, Doubly Linked
Lists
Hashing: Static Hashing
UNIT -V
Trees: Introduction, Binary Trees, Binary Tree Traversals, Heaps, Binary Search Trees
Graphs: Graph ADT, Elementary Graph Operations, Minimum Cost Spanning Trees.
Text Books:
1. Pradip Dey and Manas Ghosh, “Programming in C”, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press 2011.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, Computer Science, 1993.
Suggested Reading:
1. A.K. Sharma, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”, University Press, 2nd Edition.
2. M.T. Somashekara, “Problem Solving Using C”, 2nd Edition, PHI 2009 Pearson, 2013.
3. E. Balaguruswamy, “C and Data Structures”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085.
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106127.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC01
ELECTRONIC DEVICES
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. The concepts of semiconductor devices like PN junction diode, Transistor, and special diodes.
2. The applications of diodes and transistors.
3. The various configurations and characteristics of transistors – BJT, JFET & MOSFET.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the understanding of the characteristic behaviour of Diodes.
2. Apply the acquired knowledge in the analysis of various diode circuits.
3. Compare and Contrast the characteristics of BJT in various configurations.
4. Analyze the operation and characteristics of JFET and MOSFET.
5. Choose an appropriate electronic device for a specific application.
UNIT - I
Semiconductor Diode Characteristics: The p-n junction Diode, Current equation, V-I characteristics, Diode resistance, Diode
equivalent circuits, Temperature dependence, Transition capacitance, Diffusion capacitance, Diode switching times, Diode
specifications, Zener diode – V-I characteristics, Zener diode as voltage regulator.
UNIT - II
Diode Applications: Diode as a circuit element: series diode configurations, parallel and series-parallel configurations, Clipping
and clamping circuits, Clamping circuit theorem. Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifiers - operation, ripple factor and
efficiency calculations. Filters: L, C, LC and CLC filters with FWR – operation and ripple factor calculation.
UNIT - III
Bipolar Junction Transistor: Transistor: Construction and Operation, current components, Modes of operation, Early effect, BJT
input and output characteristics: CB, CE, CC configuration. h-parameters, determination of h-parameters from transistor
characteristics. BJT applications: BJT as an amplifier and as a switch.
UNIT - IV
Field Effect Transistor: Construction and Operation, Drain and transfer characteristics, Transconductance and drain resistance.
MOSFETs: Enhancement & Depletion mode MOSFETs, Drain and transfer characteristics. FET applications: FET as an amplifier
and as a switch.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - V
Special Purpose Semi-Conductor Devices: Operation and V-I characteristics of UJT, SCR, Diac, Triac, Tunnel diode, Schottky
diode, LED, Photodiode, Solar cell.
Text Books:
1. Millman and Halkias, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 2 nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publication, 2007.
2. Robert L. Boylestad, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 10 th Edition, PHI, 2009.
Suggested Reading:
1. Jacob Millman, Christos Halkias, Chetan Parikh, “Integrated Electronics”, 2 nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publication, 2009.
2. David Bell, “Fundamentals of Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 5 th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2008.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/course.html.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC02
EM WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES
Prerequisite: Students should have prior knowledge about coordinate systems, vector calculus, Electrostatics and Steady Magnetic
Fields.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Provide the concepts of boundary conditions.
2. Understand the Maxwell’s equations and conceptualize the wave propagation characteristics in different mediums.
3. Provide the concepts of transmission lines.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Comprehend the boundary conditions, time varying fields and understand Maxwell’s equations in different forms.
2. Illustrate the Electromagnetic wave properties with respect to different transmission mediums and predict the behavior of
reflection and refraction of the waves in different mediums.
3. Understand the concepts of transmission lines and the significance of Open and Short circuit Lines.
4. Estimate the transmission line properties, reflection, and matching concepts.
5. Conceptualizing Microwaves and analyzing the waves in the waveguides.
UNIT - I
Time varying fields: Review of coordinate systems, Boundary conditions: Boundary conditions on Electric and Magnetic fields
across a conductor interface and across two mediums. Time varying fields, Faradays Law, Modified Amperes Law, Gauss Law for
Electric and Magnetic Fields, Maxwell equations: Integral form and Point form.
UNIT - II
Electromagnetic Waves: Wave equations, Uniform plane waves in lossy and lossless medium, Skin Depth, Polarization,
Instantaneous and Average Poynting theorem and its applications, Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves - Normal and Oblique
Incidence for perfect Conductor and perfect Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection.
UNIT - III
Transmission Lines - I: Types, Parameters, Transmission Line Equations, Primary and Secondary Constants, Characteristics
Impedance, Propagation Constant, Phase and Group Velocities, Infinite Line, Impedance at any point on the transmission line. RF
and UHF Lines, Open and Short circuit lines and their significance, Properties of λ/2, λ/4 and λ/8 Lines.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - IV
Transmission Lines - II: Distortion and distortion less transmission line, Concept of loading of a transmission line, Campbell’s
formula, Reflection and VSWR, Matching- Quarter wave transformer, Single Stub matching, Smith chart and its applications.
UNIT - V
Introduction to Microwaves: Microwave frequency spectrum, Advantages and Applications of Microwaves. Rectangular
Waveguides: TE and TM waves, Impossibility of TEM wave in waveguides.
Text Books:
1. Matthew N.O. Sadiku, "Elements of Electromagnetics" 6 th edition, 2015, Newyork Oxford University Press.
2. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, "Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems", 2 nd edition., 2000, PHI.
3. Samuel Y. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits,” 3/e, Pearson Education, 2003.
Suggested Reading:
1. William H. Hayt Jr. and John A. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", 8 th edition, 2016, TMH
2. John D. Ryder, "Networks Lines and Fields", 2 nd edition, 2015, PHI.
3. R.K. Shevgaonkar, “Electromagnetics Waves”, Tata McGraw Hill India, 2005.
4. Sunil Bhooshan, “Fundamentals of Engineering Electromagnetics”, 2012, Oxford University Press Publication.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in /courses/108106157.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC03N
NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS
Instruction 3 L + 1T Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 4
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Make understand the concepts of Electric Circuits, Network Theorems and the Transient Analysis.
2. Make understand the concept of steady state and applying phasor analysis to AC circuits and analyzing magnetic
coupled circuits.
3. Familiarize resonant circuits, two port network parameters, concept of Passive Filters and Network Synthesis.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Recall basics of electrical circuits with Nodal and Mesh analysis.
2. Illustrate electrical theorems for AC and DC Circuits.
3. Develop time domain and frequency domain analysis for circuits.
4. Analyze the electrical network and two port network parameters for different applications i.e., magnetic coupled
circuits, Filters.
5. Synthesize different network functions using Foster and Cauver form.
UNIT - I
Network Theorems: Network reduction techniques, Super Nodal and Super Mesh Analysis, Superposition, Thevenin’s and
Norton’s theorems, Reciprocity, Maximum Power Transfer, Compensation, Millman’s, Duality and Tellegen’s Theorems using
dependent and independent sources.
UNIT - II
Transients: Introduction, Study of initial conditions, DC transients RL, RC circuits, RLC circuits, Formulation of integral,
differential equations. Circuit analysis using Laplace Transform and inverse Laplace Transform, Pole-Zero Plots, Zero Input
Response, Zero State Response.
UNIT - III
Steady State Analysis of AC Circuits: Phasor and vector representations, impedance and admittance, Average power, Apparent
Power, Complex Power, Power triangle.
Coupled circuits: Concept of self, mutual inductance, co-efficient of coupling, dot convention rules and analysis of simple
circuits.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - IV
Frequency Domain Analysis: Concept of complex frequency, impedance and admittance functions, Series and parallel
resonance, Q-factor, selectivity, bandwidth.
Two Port Networks: Z, Y, h, g, ABCD and Inverse ABCD parameters, equivalence of two port networks. Inter connection of
two port networks.
UNIT - V
Filters: Introduction to Filters and classification of Filters (Low pass, High pass) and their design aspects.
Network Synthesis: Synthesis vs. analysis, Elements of circuit synthesis, Positive Real Functions: Definition, Necessary and
sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real, Testing of driving point functions for positive realness. Synthesis of Foster
and Cauer forms of LC, RC and RL networks.
Text Books:
1. William H.Hayt, Jr.,Jck E. Kemmerly and Steven M.Durbin, “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, 8th Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2013.
2. Van Valkenberg M.E, “Network Analysis”, PHI, 3rd Edition New Delhi, 2002.
Suggested Reading:
1. C. L. Wadhwai, “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, 4th Edition, New Age Publications, 2016.
2. Sudhakar. A. and Shyam Mohan, S. P., “Circuits and Network”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1994.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105159.
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102042.
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106108.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC04
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Know Signals and systems representation/classification and also the time and frequency domain analysis of continuous
time signals with Fourier series, Fourier transforms and Laplace transforms.
2. Understand Sampling, time and frequency domain analysis of discrete time signals with DTFS, DTFT and Z-Transforms.
3. Understand concepts of convolution and correlation integrals.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Classify signals, systems and analyse the signals using Transform techniques.
2. Evaluate signal characteristics using time and frequency domain analysis.
3. Assess the system stability and causality using ROC and Pole-Zero Plot.
4. Describe the sampling process and analyse the DT Signal/systems using DTFS, DTFT and Z-Transform.
5. Apply the Convolution and correlation concepts for analysis of Signal and systems.
UNIT - I
Continuous Time Signals: Introduction to signals and systems, their representations and classification. Orthogonality of signals,
Complete set of mutually orthogonal signals and Harmonic signals. Trigonometric Fourier series, Exponential Fourier series,
Existence and Convergence. Symmetry conditions, Amplitude and Phase spectra. Power Spectral Density.
UNIT - II
Fourier Transforms: The direct and inverse Fourier transforms, Existence, Frequency spectrum and properties of Fourier
Transforms, Fourier Transform of singularity functions and periodic signals. Energy Spectral Density.
UNIT - III
Laplace transforms: The Bilateral and unilateral Laplace transforms. Region of convergence and its properties. Properties of
Laplace transform, Inverse Laplace transform, Laplace transform of causal periodic signals.
LTI System: Impulse response, System transfer function, Stability and Causality.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - IV
Discrete Time Signals: Sampling of continuous time signals. Sampling Theorem, DTS representation. Discrete Time Fourier
Series, Discrete Time Fourier Transform and properties.
Z–Transform: The Direct Z-Transform, Region of convergence and its properties. S–Plane and Z–Plane correspondence, Z–
Transform properties. Inverse Z–Transform.
Discrete LTI system: Impulse response and System transfer function. Stability and Causality.
UNIT - V
Convolution: Continuous convolution, Graphical interpretation and its properties. Discrete convolution and its properties.
Correlation: Continuous Cross correlation, Auto correlation and properties. Discrete Cross correlation, Auto correlation and
properties.
Text Books:
1. B. P. Lathi, “Signals, Systems and Communications”, BS Publications, 3 rd Edition, 2008.
2. Simon Haykin, “Signals and Systems”, Wiley India, 5 th Edition, 2009.
3. Alan V. Oppenheim, Alan S. Willsky, S. Hamid Nawad, “Signals and Systems”, PHI 2 nd Edition, 2015.
Suggested Reading:
1. M. J. Robert, “Fundamentals of signals and systems”, McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. A. Rajeswari, “Signals and Systems”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, Publications 2021.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108104100.
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101055.
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106108.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117104074.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ITC25N
DATA STRUCTURES USING C LAB
(Common for ECE and EEE)
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. Acquaint with the IDLE and execution process of C Programs.
2. Learn the concepts of decision structures and Iteration structures in C.
3. Introduce Functions, Arrays, Pointers and Structures.
4. Explore linear data structures such as Stack, Queue and Linked lists.
5. Explain C programs to implement Trees and Graphs
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the execution of programs written in C language.
2. Illustrate decision and iterative structures.
3. Demonstrate the concepts of functions, arrays, structures and pointers.
4. Implement basic operations on linked lists, stacks, queues
5. Construct Trees, graphs and implement traversals.
List of Experiments
1. Using if and Switch Constructs Programs.
2. Demonstration of Looping Statements Problems.
3. Demonstration of Iterative and recursive Functions.
4. Demonstration of Structures and Union Programs.
5. Demonstration of Pointers and Arrays Programs.
6. Implementation of Stacks, Queues and standard operations.
7. Implementation of Single Linked Lists and standard operations
8. Implementation of Double Linked Lists and standard operations.
9. Construct a Binary Search Tree and implement tree traversals
10. Represent Graph and implement DFS and BFS traversals.
Text Books:
1. Pradip Dey and Manas Ghosh, “Programming in C”, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press 2011.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, Computer Science, 1993.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Suggested Reading:
1. M.T. Somashekara, “Problem Solving Using C”, 2nd Edition, PHI 2009 Pearson, 2013.
2. A.K. Sharma, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”, University Press, 2nd Edition.
3. E. Bala Guruswamy, “C and Data Structures”, 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085.
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106127.
22ECC05
ELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. The V-I characteristics of diodes and special semiconductor devices.
2. The design and performance evaluation of various diodes as rectifiers.
3. The characteristics of transistor in various configurations.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the characteristic behaviour of PN junction diode and Zener diode.
2. Design various non-linear wave shaping circuits using diodes for a given specification.
3. Analyse the performance of rectifiers with and without filters.
4. Examine the characteristics of BJT and FET in various configurations.
5. Compare the characteristics of special purpose semiconductor diodes.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO 4 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO 5 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
List of Experiments:
1. V-I Characteristics of Silicon and Germanium diodes and measurement of static and dynamic resistances.
2. Zener diode reverses characteristics and its application as voltage regulator.
3. Simple series clippers, parallel clippers and biased clipping circuits.
4. Clamping Circuits.
5. Performance evaluation of half wave rectifier without filters and with C & π section filters.
6. Performance evaluation of full wave rectifiers without filters and with C & π section filters.
7. BJT characteristics in Common Base configuration and measurement of h-parameters.
8. BJT characteristics in Common Emitter configuration and measurement of h-parameters.
9. BJT characteristics in Common Collector configuration and measurement of h-parameters.
10. Drain and Transfer characteristics of JFET in CS configuration and measurement of Transconductance and Drain
resistance.
11. Emitter characteristics of UJT.
12. Characteristics of SCR.
13. Characteristics of Tunnel diode.
14. Structured Enquiry: Design a switching circuit using BJT and JFET and analyse its operation.
15. Open ended Enquiry: Design a LED running lights circuit for vehicles to avoid accidents in fog / rain condition.
Suggested Reading:
1. Robert Diffenderfer, “Electronic Devices Systems and Applications”, Cengage Learning India Private Limited, 2010.
2. Paul B. Zbar, Albert P. Malvino, Michael A. Miller, “Basic Electronics, A Text - Lab Manual”, 7th Edition, TMH 2001.
3. Mahesh Jain, “Practical semiconductors data manual No.3”, BPB Publications, 1981.
4. Bharath Electronics Ltd., “Semiconductors data manual”, IEC Publication 134, 1969.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC06
NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS LAB
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify and measure the passive and active components using electronic equipment and apply Network theorems to AC
and DC Circuits.
2. Determine and analyze two port network parameters.
3. Design and verification of attenuator and filters.
4. Simulation of different networks and circuits using the simulation software.
5. Synthesize different network functions using Foster and Cauer forms.
List of Experiments:
1. Study of RLC components, Bread board, Regulated power supply, Function generator, CRO Measurement of R, L,
C components using color code, multimeter and LCR - Q Meter.
2. Practice of Soldering and de -soldering for simple circuits on single and Multi-Layer PCBs.
3. Verification of Superposition theorem and Tellegen’s theorem.
4. Verification of Maximum power transfer theorem. Verification of Reciprocity theorem.
5. Verification of Compensation theorem and Millman’s theorem.
6. Verification of Transient Response in RC, RLCircuits.
7. Design and Verification of Series Resonance.
8. Determination of two-port network parameters (Z, Y, h, T).
9. Design and Verification of Constant-K low-pass filter.
10. Synthesization of network function using Foster and Cauer form.
11. Structured Enquiry: Design and Verification of Parallel Resonance.
12. Open ended Enquiry: Design and Verification of Constant-K High-pass filter.
13. Virtual lab experiment: Verification of Reciprocity Theorem – https://asnm-iitkgp.vlabs.ac.in/exp/verification-
reciprocity-theorem/simulation.html
Note: Experiments are to be simulated by using simulation software.
Suggested Reading:
1. Thomas Petruzzellis, “Build Your Own Electronics Workshop”, McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 2005.
2. A.M. Zungeru, J.M. Chuma, M. Mangwala, L.K. Ketshabetswe, “Handbook of Laboratory Experiments in Electronics and
Communication Engineering”, Vol. 2, 1st Edition, Notion press, 2017.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECI01
MOOCs / Training / Internship
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Exposing the students to the industrial environment.
2. Create awareness with the current industrial technological developments relevant to program domain.
3. Provide opportunity to understand the social, economic and administrative considerations in organizations.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand Engineer’s responsibilities and ethics.
2. Use various materials, processes, products and quality control.
3. Provide innovative solutions to solve real world problems.
4. Acquire knowledge in technical reports writing and presentation.
5. Apply technical knowledge to real world industrial/rural situations.
.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 1 1 3
CO 2 1 1 1 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1
CO 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1
CO 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 3
CO 5 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
For implementation procedures and letter formats, Annexures I and III of Internship document may be referred.
Evaluation of Internship: The Industrial training / Internship of the students will be evaluated in three stages:
a) Evaluation by the Industry (in the scale of 1 to 10 where 1-Unsatisfactory; 10-Excellent).
b) Evaluation by faculty Mentor on the basis of site visit(s) or periodic communication (15 marks).
c) Evaluation through seminar presentation / Viva-Voce at the Institute by the constituted committee (25 marks).
Evaluation through Seminar presentation / Viva-Voce at the institute: Students shall give a seminar before an Expert
Committee constituted by college (Director, HoD/Senior faculty, mentor and faculty expert from the same department) based on
his/her training/internship carried out.
The evaluation will be based on the following criteria:
Quality of content presented.
Proper planning for presentation.
Effectiveness of presentation.
Depth of knowledge and skills.
Attendance record, daily diary, departmental reports shall be analyzed along with the Internship report.
Monitoring / Surprise Visits: During the internship program, the faculty mentor makes a surprise visit to the internship site, to
check the student’s presence physically. If the student is found to be absent without prior intimation to the concerned industry,
entire training / internship may be canceled. Students should inform through email to the faculty mentor as well as the industry
supervisor at least one day prior to avail leave.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
SEMESTER – IV
Scheme of
Scheme of Examination
Instruction
S.no Course Code Title of the Course Hours per week Duration Maximum Marks Credits
of SEE in
L T P/D Hours CIE SEE
THEORY
1 22ECC07 Analog Circuits 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Antennas and Wave
2 22ECC08 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Propagation
3 22ECC09 Control Systems 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. The various biasing circuits for BJT and FET.
2. The analysis of BJT & FET in various configurations using small signal equivalent models.
3. The concepts of multistage, feedback amplifiers, and power amplifier.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge of BJT behavior in the design of various biasing and amplifier circuits.
2. Relate the knowledge of FET characteristics in the design of various biasing and amplifier circuits.
3. Apply high and low frequency models of transistor in the analysis of single stage and multistage amplifiers.
4. Analyze negative feedback amplifier circuits and compare them.
5. Compare and Contrast different types of Oscillators and Power amplifiers.
UNIT - I
BJT Biasing: Operating point, Bias stability, stability factors, BJT biasing techniques: Fixed Bias, Collector-Base bias, Emitter
Bias, Voltage-Divider bias, Thermal runaway.
BJT Amplifiers: CB, CE and CC amplifiers: Analysis using h-parameters ((approximate and exact analysis), Comparison of the
three amplifier configurations, Millers Theorem – application circuit, Frequency response of BJT amplifiers.
UNIT - II
JFET biasing: Fixed biasing, Self-bias and Voltage-divider bias configurations, FET biasing for zero current drift.
JFET Amplifiers: CS, CD and CG amplifiers: Analysis using small-signal model, Comparison of three amplifier configurations,
Frequency response of FET Amplifiers.
UNIT - III
Multistage amplifiers: Overview of Coupling schemes - RC coupling, Transformer coupling and Direct coupling; Analysis of
CE-CE, CE-CB, CC-CC Darlington pair, Multi-stage frequency effects.
Transistor at high frequencies: Hybrid π CE transistor model, Hybrid π Conductances and Capacitances, CE short circuit current
gain.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT – IV
Negative Feed Back Amplifiers: The feedback concept, General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, Effect of negative
feedback on input and output impedances, Method of analysis of feedback amplifiers, Analysis of practical feedback circuits -
Voltage series, voltage shunt, current series and current shunt feedback amplifiers.
UNIT - V
Oscillators: Positive feedback and conditions for sinusoidal oscillations, RC Phase Shift Oscillator, LC oscillators – Hartley and
Colpitts Oscillators, Crystal oscillator.
Large Signal Amplifiers: Classes of operation, Harmonic distortion, Class A resistive coupled and transformer coupled amplifiers,
Class-B Push-pull and complementary symmetry amplifiers, Class AB operation, Power dissipation and efficiency calculations.
Heat sinks. Introduction to Tuned Amplifiers
Text Books:
1. Jacob Millman, Christos Halkias, Chetan Parikh, “Integrated Electronics – Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems”, 2nd
Edition, McGraw Hill Publication, 2010.
2. Robert L. Boylestad, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 10th Edition, PHI, 2009.
Suggested Reading:
1. David Bell, “Fundamentals of Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 5 th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2008.
2. Millman and Halkias, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publication, 2007.
3. Donald Schilling, Charles Belove, Tuvia Apelewicz Raymond Saccardi, “Electronic Circuits: Discrete and Integrated”,
TMH, 3rd Edition, 2012.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101094.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC08
ANTENNAS AND WAVE PROPAGATION
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Provide the basic principles of an antenna and its parameters for characterizing its performance.
2. Understand the fundamental concepts of various types of antennas and arrays for customizing the radiation pattern.
3. Understand the propagation behaviour of the radio waves.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basic parameters of an antenna.
2. Understand the radiation properties of antenna and analyze different type of wire antennas.
3. Analyze the linear arrays for uniform and non-uniform distribution.
4. Learn the concept of different types of planar antenna.
5. Study the behaviour of radio waves in various mode of wave propagation.
UNIT - I
Antenna Basics: Principles of radiation, Retarded potential, Isotropic, Directional and Omni-directional radiators. Basic Antenna
Parameters: Radiation patterns, radiation intensity, region separation, gain and directivity, Antenna polarization, Effective aperture
and efficiency, Friis Transmission equation, Point sources and current distribution.
UNIT - II
Antenna Analysis: Analysis of Infinitesimal dipole, Half wave dipole, Loop antenna, Calculation of radiation resistance and
directivity.
UNIT - III
Antenna Arrays: Uniform and Non-Uniform Arrays: Concept of Antenna Array, N-Element Uniform array, Two element array
of Infinitesimal dipoles. Broadside and End fire arrays, Calculation of Directivity. Qualitative treatment of Non-Uniform array:
Binomial and Tschebyscheff distribution and Qualitative treatment of Phased antenna array.
UNIT - IV
Microstrip Antennas: Radiation mechanism, different types, advantages and disadvantages. Design of rectangular Microstrip
antenna. Reflectors: Paraboloidal Reflectors, Qualitative treatment of Smart Antennas.
Antenna Measurements: Measurement of Radiation Pattern and Gain.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - V
Wave Propagation: Frequency Spectrum, Ground wave propagation, Space and Surface waves, Tropospheric refraction and
reflection, Duct propagation. Sky wave propagation: Critical frequency, Maximum Usable Frequency (MUF), Ionospheric Delay
and Skip distance, Line of sight propagation.
Text Books:
1. Constantine A. Balanis, “Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design”, 4th Edition, John Wiley, 2016.
2. Edward C. Jordan and Kenneth G. Balmain, “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2001.
Suggested Reading:
1. John D. Krauss, Ronald J. Marhefka and Ahmad S. Khan, “Antennas and Wave Propagation”, 4th Edition, TMH, 2010.
2. Dennis Roody and John Coolen, “Electronic Communications”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
3. I.J.Bhal and P.Bhartia, “Micro-strip antennas”, Artech house, 1980.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/117/107/117107035.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC09
CONTROL SYSTEMS
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: The student is expected to have knowledge of Laplace transform and electrical and electronic circuits.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Introduce various control systems (Open and closed loop) and their equivalent mathematical models using block diagrams,
signal flow graphs and state space techniques.
2. Analyze the time and frequency response of control system to access the transient response and steady state response.
3. Study different types of stability concepts in control systems and Design various controllers and compensators to improve
the system dynamic performance.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Distinguish the closed-loop control systems from open-loop control systems and develop mathematical models in time
domain (differential equations, state equations) and S-domain (Transfer function using Laplace transform).
2. Evaluation of transfer function from block diagram and signal flow graph by using block diagram reduction techniques
and Mason gain formula, respectively.
3. Investigate the stability of control system via Routh-Hurwitz criteria, Root-locus method and Nyquist Plot.
4. Utilize standard test signals to analyze the time response of first and second-order control systems and frequency response
analysis of the control system.
5. Design and develop various controllers and compensators to control the steady state error, stability and transient response.
UNIT - I
Control System Fundamentals: Classification of control systems, Open and Closed Loop control systems, Block diagram
reduction and signal flow graphs, Mathematical modelling of a Mechanical system and conversion into Electrical system.
UNIT - II
Time Response Analysis: Transfer function and Impulse Response, Types of Inputs, Transient Response of first and second Order
System with different inputs, Time domain Specifications. Types of Systems, Static error coefficients, Error series, PD, PI and
PID controllers.
UNIT - III
Root Locus: Routh-Hurwitz criteria for stability, Root Locus Techniques, Analysis of typical systems using Root Locus
Techniques, Effect of location of roots on system response.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - IV
Frequency Response Analysis: Frequency domain specifications, Bode plot, Principle of Argument, Nyquist plot and stability
criterion, Gain and Phase Margins from the Bode and Nyquist diagrams, Lead and Lag compensators.
UNIT - V
State Space Analysis: Concept of State, State Variable, State vector and State space. State space representations of linear time
invariant systems, State transition matrix, Solution of state equation, Controllability, Observability and Design of control systems
using state variable feedback.
Text Books:
1. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 5 th Edition 2012.
2. Benjamin C. Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, 7th Edition, PHI, 2010.
Suggested Reading:
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, EEE, 5 th Edition, PHI, 2003.
2. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”, 11th Edition Pearson, 2008.
3. Gopal Madan, “Digital control engineering” 1st Edition, New age publishers, 2008.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee90.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC10
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn various techniques for logic minimization.
2. Comprehend the concepts of various combinational circuits and sequential circuits.
3. Learn the Language fundamentals of Verilog HDL and also able to simulate and synthesize various digital modules.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basic concepts related to digital system design.
2. Design the combinational and sequential circuits.
3. Analyze the behavior of the digital system design.
4. Develop the digital system using various Verilog HDL modeling.
5. Apply the design concepts of digital system using Verilog HDL.
UNIT - I
Logic Simplification and Combinational Logic Design: Number system representation and conversion, Binary Arithmetic,
Complements, Review of Boolean Algebra and De Morgan’s Theorem, SOP & POS forms, Canonical forms, Introduction to
Logic Gates, Ex-OR, Ex-NOR operations, Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Quine –McCluskey
Tabular Minimization Method, Logic function realization: AND-OR, OR-AND and NAND/NOR realizations.
UNIT - II
Introduction to Combinational Design: Binary Adders and Subtractor, Code converters: Binary to Gray, Gray to Binary, BCD
to excess3, BCD to Seven Segment display. Decoders, Encoders, Priority Encoders, Multiplexers, De-multiplexers, Comparators,
Implementations of Logic Functions using Decoders and Multiplexers.
UNIT - III
Sequential Logic Design: Latches, Flipflops, Difference between latch and flipflop, types of flipflops like S-R, D, T, JK and
Master-Slave JK Flip Flop, Flip flop conversions, setup and hold times, Ripple and Synchronous counters, Shift registers, Finite
state machines, Design of synchronous FSM, Algorithmic State Machines charts.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to HDLs: VLSI Design flow, Basic Concepts of Verilog HDL, Data Types, System Tasks and Compiler Directives.
Gate Level Modelling: Gate Types and Gate Delays. Dataflow Modelling: Continuous Assignment and Delays. Design of
Stimulus Block.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - V
Behavioral Modelling: Structured Procedures, Procedural Assignments, Timing control, Conditional statements, Sequential and
Parallel Blocks. Switch level Modelling, Introduction to tasks and functions, Useful modelling Techniques, Procedural
continuous assignments, Overriding parameters, Conditional compilation and execution, Introduction to Logic Synthesis.
Concept of Programming using FPGA.
Text Books:
1. Morris Mano M. and Michael D.Ciletti, “Digital Design, With an Introduction to Verilog HDL”, 5th Edition,
Pearson 2013.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL, A guide to Digital design and synthesis”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
Suggested Reading:
1. R.P. Jain, “Modern digital Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2009.
2. Thomas L. Floyd, “Digital Fundamentals”, Pearson, 11th Edition, 2015.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_cs61.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee17.
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_cs10.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC11
PROBABILITY THEORY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESS
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Apply the knowledge of probability, random variables and random processes gained in this course to several complex
engineering problems.
2. Model a random variable/process into a mathematical model. Compute probability distributions and estimate statistical /
time variations.
3. Learn the basic concepts of noise, characterize the noise and estimate the response of a linear system to a random process
such as noise.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand fundamentals of Probability and the concept of random variables.
2. Characterize random distributions.
3. Determine the Spectral and temporal characteristics of Random Signals.
4. Analyze the Noise in Communication systems.
5. Estimate the auto-correlation and power spectral density of linear system response.
UNIT - I
Probability and Random Variables: Review of Probability, Joint and Conditional Probability, Total Probability, Bayes’
Theorem, Independent Events, Concept of Random Variables, Continuous Distributions: Uniform, Exponential, Gaussian and
Rayleigh Distributions. Discrete Distributions: Binomial and Poison Distributions. Conditional and Joint Distributions and
Density Functions.
UNIT - II
Operations on Single Random Variables: Expectation, Moments about Origin and Central Moments, Chebychev’s Inequality
and Markov’s Inequality. Functions that give Moments: Characteristic Function, Moment Generating Function, Central Limit
Theorem (proof not expected).
Operations on Multiple Random Variables: Expected Value of a Function of Random Variables, Joint Moments about the
Origin, Joint Central Moments, Jointly Gaussian Random Variables and Properties.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - III
Stochastic Processes – Temporal Characteristics: The Random Process Concept, Classification of Processes. Stationarity and
Independence: Distribution and Density Functions, Wide-Sense Stationarity, Strict-Sense Stationarity, Time Averages and
Ergodicity. Autocorrelation Function and its Properties, Cross-Correlation Function and its Properties, Covariance Function,
Gaussian Random Process.
Stochastic Processes – Spectral Characteristics: Power Density Spectrum and its Properties, Relationship between Power
Spectrum and Autocorrelation Function, Cross-Power Density Spectrum and its Properties. Relationship between Cross-Power
Spectrum and Cross-Correlation Function.
UNIT -IV
Noise: Thermal Noise, White Noise and Colored Noise, AWGN, Noise Temperature, Noise in Two-Port Network: Noise Figure,
Equivalent Noise Temperature and Noise Bandwidth. Noise Figure and Equivalent Noise Temperature for Cascaded Systems.
UNIT - V
Linear System with Random Inputs: Random Signal Response of Linear Systems: System Response, Convolution, Mean and
Mean Squared Value of System Response, Auto Correlation of Response and Cross Correlation functions of Input and Output.
Power Density Spectrum of Response, Cross-Power Density Spectrums of Input and Output.
Text Books:
1. Peyton Z.Peebles JR., “Probability Random Variables and Random Signal Principles”, Tata McGraw Hill, Edition, 4/e,
2002.
2. Herbert Taub, Donald Schilling and Goutam Saha, “Principles of Communication”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2017.
3. Athanasios Papolis and S.Unnikrishna Pillai, “Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes”, McGraw Hill,
Inc., 4th Edition, 2006.
Suggested Reading:
1. Henry Stark and John W Woods, “Probability & Random Process with Application to Signal Processing”, Pearson
Education, 3rd Edition, 2014.
2. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems” John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 5th Edition, 2009.
3. B.P.Lathi, “Signals, Systems & Communications”, B.S.Publications, 2003.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ma97.
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/18-440-probability-and-random-variables-spring-2014.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EEM01
Introduction
This course discusses the role of human values in one’s family, in society and in nature. During the Induction Program,
students would get an initial exposure to human values through Universal Human Values–I. This exposure is to be augmented by
this compulsory full semester foundation course.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand the concept of universal human values
2. Cultivate empathy and respect for diversity
3. Inspire the social responsibility and global citizenship
Course Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Become familiar about themselves, and their surroundings (family, society, nature).
2. develop empathy and respect for diversity by gaining an appreciation for different cultures, perspectives and identities
3. Exhibit responsible and ethical behavior by adhering to principles of integrity, honesty, compassion, and justice.
4. Recognize their role as global citizens.
5. Exhibit a sense of social responsibility.
Module -1: Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education
Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I
Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and
Experiential Validation- as the process for self-exploration.
Natural acceptance of human values.
Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct.
Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations.
Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for fulfilment of aspirations of every
human being with their correct priority.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current Scenario.
Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate acceptance for living with responsibility
(living in relationship, harmony and co-existence) rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking.
Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’
Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility
Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer)
Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’
Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of
Prosperity in detail.
Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods available to me. Identifying from
one’s own life. Differentiate between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs dealing with disease.
Module-3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human- Human Relationship
Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal values in relationships) and
program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of relationship.
Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence.
Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other salient values in
relationship.
Understanding the harmony in society (society being an extension of family): Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust)
and co -existence as comprehensive Human Goals.
Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:
a. At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists, and
managers.
b. At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations.
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended family, real life examples,
teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss scenarios. Elicit
examples from students’ lives.
Module -4: Understanding Harmony in Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Coexistence.
Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film “Home” can be used), pollution,
depletion of resources and role of technology etc. Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial)
Sessions e.g. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Mode of Conduct (L-T-P-C 0-1-0-0)
While analyzing and discussing the topic, the faculty mentor’s role is in pointing to essential elements to help in sorting
them out from the surface elements. In other words, help the students explore the important or critical elements.
In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the mentor encourages the student to connect with
one’s own self and do self-observation, self-reflection, and self- exploration.
Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. The student is encouraged to take up “ordinary” situations rather than”
extra-ordinary” situations. Such observations and their analyses are shared and discussed with other students and faculty
mentors, in a group sitting.
Tutorials (experiments or practical) are important for this course. The difference is that the laboratory is everyday
life, and practical are how you behave and work in real life. Depending on the nature of topics, worksheets, home
assignments and/or activities are included.
The practice sessions would also provide support to a student in performing actions commensurate to his/her beliefs. It
is intended that this would lead to the development of commitment, namely behaving and working based on basic
human values.
It is advised to share the experience of the Faculty to the class in a capsule form.
Involve more in evaluating the student by different activities with proper RUBRCCS
Assessment:
This is a compulsory credit course. The assessment is to provide a fair state of development of the student, so
participation in classroom discussions, self- assessment, peer assessment etc. will be used in evaluation.
Example:
Module-1: 10 M
Module -2: 10 M
Module- 3: 10 M
Module-4: 10 M
Attendance & Attitude: 10 M
The overall pass percentage is 50%. In case the student fails, he/she must repeat the course.
Textbooks
1. R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, “A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics” 2nd Revised Edition,
Excel Books, New Delhi, 2022.
2. R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria “Teacher’s Manual for A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional
Ethics”, nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2022.
Reference Books
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109104068.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EGM01
INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES
(BE / B.Tech – Common to all Branches)
Course Objectives
The course will introduce the students to:
1. Understand the history of framing of the Indian Constitution.
2. Awareness on Fundamental Rights, Duties and Directive Principles of State Policy.
3. Explore the organization of Union Government, and functions of President and Prime Minister.
4. Gain an insight into the inter-functionality of Union Legislature and Judiciary
5. Educate on the local governance and problems in development of rural and urban areas.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of the course the students will be able to:
1. Understand the history of framing of the Indian Constitution and its features.
2. Assess the realization of Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy.
3. Analyze the challenges to federal system and position of the President and the Prime Minister in the Union Government.
4. Underline the role of the Legislature and the Judiciary in Union Government and their mutual relations.
5. Evolve the development of the local governments in India and assess the role of Collector in district administration.
Unit-I
Constitutional History and Framing of Indian Constitution
East India Company rule (1757-1857): Social, Economic, Political and Administrative impact of Company rule in India. British
Rule (1858-1947): Indian National Movement, Government of India Acts 1909, 1919 and 1935, and Indian Independence Act
1947. Framing of the Indian Constitution: Constituent Assembly, Preamble and Salient Features.
Unit-II
Fundamental Rights, Duties and Directive Principles of State Policy
The Fundamental Rights: Features and significance of Rights. Fundamental Duties: Importance and the legal status of Duties.
Directive Principles of State Policy: Socialist, Gandhian and Liberal-intellectual principles, importance and relevance.
Unit-III
Union Government and its Administration
Federalism: Division of legislative and financial powers between the Union and the State. Union Executive: Role and position of
President, Prime Minister and Council of Ministers. Emergency Provisions: National Emergency, Constitutional Emergency and
Financial Emergency.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Unit-IV
Union Legislature and Judiciary
Union Legislature: Parliament of India-Composition and functions of Parliament, and Parliamentary Committees. Union Judiciary:
Supreme Court of India-Composition and Functions.
Unit-V
Local Self Governments
Rural Local Governments: Zilla Parishad- CEO and functions of Zilla Parishad, Mandal Parishad- Role of Elected and Officials,
Gram Panchayat- Sarpanch, Secretary and Gram Sabha. Urban Local Governments: Structure and functions of Municipalities and
Municipal Corporations. District Collector: Powers and functions of Collector.
Text Books:
1. Sastry Ravindra, (Ed), “Indian Government & Politics”, Telugu Akademy, 2nd edition, 2018.
2. “Indian Constitution at Work”, NCERT, First edition 2006, Reprinted in 2022.
Suggested Reading:
1. D.D. Basu, “Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Lexis Nexis, 2015.
2. Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, “Framing of Indian Constitution”, 1 stEdition, 2015.
3. Granville Austin, “The Indian Constitution: The Cornerstone of a Nation”, OUP, 2nd Edition, 1999.
4. M.V. Pylee, “India’s Constitution”, S. Chand Publishing, 16 th Edition, 2017.
5. Rajeev Bhargava (ed), “Politics and Ethics of the Indian Constitution”, OUP, 2008.
e-Resources:
1. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/103107084/Script.pdf
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC12
ANALOG CIRCUITS LAB
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Prerequisite: Knowledge on Electronic Devices Lab and Electronic Workshop and Networks Lab.
Course objectives:
This course aims to familiarize:
1. Design and analysis of Biasing circuits and Single stage amplifiers.
2. The frequency response of Multistage and Feedback amplifiers.
3. The generation of sinusoidal signals using Oscillators.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Design various BJT and FET biasing circuits to identify the appropriate circuit for faithful amplification.
2. Experiment with single stage and multistage BJT/FET amplifiers to compare the Gain and Bandwidth.
3. Compare and contrast different types of feedback topologies.
4. Develop and test various oscillator circuits.
5. Evaluate the performance of large signal amplifiers.
List of Experiments:
1. Design of BJT and FET Biasing Circuits for given specifications.
2. Common Emitter BJT amplifier and study of its frequency response.
3. Common Source FET amplifier and study of its frequency response.
4. Frequency response of Two RC - Coupled CS FET amplifier
5. Voltage series feedback amplifier.
6. Voltage shunt feedback amplifier.
7. Current series feedback amplifier.
8. RC Phase Shift Oscillator.
9. Hartley Oscillator.
10. Colpitts Oscillator.
11. Class-A power amplifier.
12. Class-B power amplifier.
13. Structured enquiry: Design a circuit that converts a given D.C Voltage to Frequency using BJTs and verify its operation.
14. Open ended Enquiry: Design and implement a classroom sound monitoring system using BJTs and a 0.5W speaker.
15. Virtual lab experiment: Study of CE Amplifier (https://be-iitkgp.vlabs.ac.in/exp/ce-amplifier/)
Note: Wherever possible, Analysis and design of circuits should be carried out using SPICE tools.
Suggested Reading:
1. Robert Diffenderfer, “Electronic Devices: Systems and Applications”, Cengage Learning India Private Limited, 2010.
2. Paul B. Zbar, Albert P. Malvino, Michael A. Miller, “Basic Electronics, A Text - Lab Manual”, 7th Edition, TMH 2001.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC13
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Simulate and synthesize combinational logic circuits.
2. Simulate and synthesize sequential logic circuits.
3. Learn and implement procedure for any digital system design.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Design a Digital circuit using Verilog HDL.
2. Understand various abstraction levels of a digital design.
3. Verify the functionality of a design using Test bench.
4. Simulate and synthesize combinational logic circuits.
5. Simulate and synthesize sequential logic circuits.
List of Experiments:
Write a Verilog HDL code to Simulate and synthesize the following in Gate level, Data flow and Behavioral Modeling styles.
1. Logic Gates.
2. Binary Adders.
3. Binary Subtractors.
4. Multiplexers and De-multiplexers.
5. Encoders, Decoders and Comparator.
6. Implementation of logic function using Multiplexers and Decoders.
7. Arithmetic and Logic Unit.
8. Flip-Flops:SR,D,T,JK.
9. Implementation of SSI Circuits using FPGA.
10. Structured Enquiry: Design of a counter for the given specifications.
11. Open ended Enquiry: Design of a simple Digital System for real time applications.
12. Virtual Lab Experiments: Verify the truth table of RS, JK, T and D flip-flops using NAND & NOR gates. https://de-
iitr.vlabs.ac.in/exp/truth-tables-flip-flops/simulation.html
Note: A minimum of 10 experiments should be performed.
Suggested Reading:
1. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL, A guide to Digital design and synthesis”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC14
MODELLING AND SIMULATION LAB
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To understand the simulation of generation of Various (Continuous/Discrete) signals.
2. To study various arithmetic operations on signals and various transforms applied for signals.
3. To understand the characteristics of control system and its characteristics.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Simulate the given waveform using standard test signals and sequences in MATLAB.
2. Analyze the effect of various transformations applied on signals in MATLAB.
3. Understand the second order system characteristics in LabView.
4. Simulate the Bode plot and Nyquist plot of the system and analysis its performance characteristics in LabView.
5. Understand the fundamentals of electronic circuits using Multisim simulation.
List of Experiments:
PART-A
Signal analysis using MATLAB software
Suggested Reading:
1. B. P. Lathi, “Signals, Systems and Communications”, BS Publications, 3rd Edition, 2008.
2. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 5/e, 2012.
3. Jeffrey Travis and Jim Kring, “Lab VIEW for Everyone: Graphical Programming Made Easy and Fun”, 3rd Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2007.
4. Multisim User Manual – National Instruments, 2009.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EGC03
EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
(BE / BTech - Common to all Branches)
Course Objectives:
To help the students:
1. Learn the art of communication, participate in group discussions and case studies with confidence and to make effective
presentations.
2. With- resume packaging, preparing them to face interviews.
3. Build an impressive personality through effective time management, leadership qualities, self-confidence and
assertiveness.
4. Understand professional etiquette and to make them learn academic ethics and value system.
5. To be competent in verbal aptitude.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Become effective communicators, participate in group discussions with confidence and be able to make presentations in
a professional context.
2. Write resumes, prepare and face interviews confidently.
3. Be assertive and set short term and long term goals, learn to manage time effectively and deal with stress.
4. Make the transition smoothly from campus to work, use media with etiquette and understand the academic ethics.
5. Enrich their vocabulary, frame accurate sentences and comprehend passages confidently.
UNIT-I
Verbal Aptitude: Error Detection, Articles, Prepositions, Tenses, Concord and Transformation of Sentences - Jumbled Words /
Sentences - Vocabulary, Synonyms, Antonyms, One Word Substitutes, Idioms and Phrases, Word / Sentence / Text Completion-
Reading Comprehension.
UNIT-II
Group Discussion & Presentation Skills: Dynamics of Group Discussion - Case Studies - Intervention, Summarizing, Modulation
of Voice, Body Language, Relevance, Fluency and Accuracy, Coherence.
Elements of Effective Presentation – Structure of a Presentation – Presentation tools – Body language - Preparing an Effective
PPT.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
Behavioural Skills: Personal strength analysis-Effective Time Management- Goal Setting- Stress management.
Corporate Culture – Grooming and etiquette-Statement of Purpose (SOP).
UNIT-IV
Mini Project: Research-Hypothesis-Developing a Questionnaire-Data Collection-Analysis-General and Technical Report -
Writing an Abstract –Technical Report Writing-Plagiarism-Project Seminar.
UNIT-V
Interview Skills: Cover Letter and Résumé writing – Structure and Presentation, Planning, Defining the Career Objective,
Projecting ones Strengths and Skill-sets – Interviews: Concept and Process, Pre-Interview Planning, Opening Strategies, Answering
Strategies, Mock Interviews.
Text Books:
1. Leena Sen, “Communication Skills”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2005.
2. Gulati and Sarvesh, “Corporate Soft Skills”, New Delhi: Rupa and Co., 2006.
3. Edgar Thorpe and Showick Thorpe, “Objective English”, 2 nd edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
4. Ramesh, Gopalswamy, and Mahadevan Ramesh, “The ACE of Soft Skills”, New Delhi: Pearson, 2010.
Suggested Reading:
1. Van Emden, Joan, and Lucinda Becker, “Presentation Skills for Students”, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2004.
2. R.S. Aggarwal, “A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning”, 2018.
3. Covey and Stephen R, “The Habits of Highly Effective People”, New York: Free Press, 1989.
4. Shalini Verma, “Body Language - Your Success Mantra”, S Chand, 2006.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECU01
Up-skill Certification Course - I
Instruction -
Duration of SEE -
SEE -
CIE 25 Marks
Credits 0.5
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
SEMESTER – V
Scheme of
Scheme of Examination
Instruction
S.no Course Code Title of the Course Hours per week Duration Maximum Marks Credits
of SEE in
L T P/D Hours CIE SEE
THEORY
Analog and Digital
1 22ECC15 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Communication
Computer Architecture
2 22ECC16 3 - - 3 40 60 3
and Microprocessors
3 22ECC17 Digital Signal Processing 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Linear and Digital
4 22ECC18 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Integrated Circuits
5 Professional Elective-I 3 - - 3 40 60 3
6 Professional Elective-II 3 - - 3 40 60 3
7 Open Elective-I 3 - - 3 40 60 3
PRACTICALS
Analog and Digital
8 22ECC19 - - 2 3 50 50 1
Communication Lab
Digital Signal Processing
9 22ECC20 - - 2 3 50 50 1
Lab
Linear and Digital
10 22ECC21 - - 2 3 50 50 1
Integrated Circuits Lab
Industrial / Rural
11 22ECI02 3-4 Weeks / 90 Hours 50 - 2
Internship
Total 21 - 6 30 480 570 26
SEMESTER – V
6 22ECE06 Artificial Intelligence for ECE 22ECE12 Cloud Computing and Applications
Prerequisite: Knowledge on fundamentals of signals and systems and probability theory is required.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Make understand the concepts of modulation, continuous wave modulations and their performances.
2. Make understand the concept of information theory and application of source coding schemes.
3. Familiarize several digital carrier modulation schemes and evaluate their performances.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Analyze different amplitude modulation schemes and assess their performance.
2. Evaluate various angle modulation schemes.
3. Understand the concept of pulse analog and digital modulation schemes and compare their performance.
4. Interpret the concept of information theory and apply source coding schemes.
5. Investigate different digital modulation schemes and compute the bit error performance.
UNIT-I
Amplitude modulation: Need for modulation, Amplitude Modulation - Time and frequency domain description, single tone
modulation, power relations in AM, Generation of AM waves - Switching modulator, Detection of AM Waves - Envelope detector,
DSB-SC modulation - time and frequency domain description, Generation of DSB-SC Waves - Balanced Modulators, Coherent
detection of DSB-SC, COSTAS Loop, SSB modulation - time and frequency domain description. Principle of Vestigial side band
modulation. AM Transmitter. AM Receiver- Super heterodyne receiver, image frequency rejection and its ratio, receiver
characteristics. Figure of merit calculation of AM.
UNIT-II
Angle modulation: Basic concepts of Phase Modulation, Frequency Modulation: Single tone frequency modulation, Spectrum
Analysis of Sinusoidal FM Wave using Bessel functions, NBFM, WBFM, Power and Transmission bandwidth of FM, Indirect
Generation of FM - Armstrong Method, Detection of FM Signal: Phase locked loop, Concept of Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis.
UNIT-III
Pulse Modulation:
Types of Pulse analog modulation- PAM, PWM and PPM (Qualitative treatment only).
UNIT-V
Digital Modulation Techniques: Digital Carrier Modulation Schemes: Optimum receiver for Binary Digital Modulation Schemes,
Binary ASK, PSK, DPSK, FSK signaling schemes and their BERs. Comparison of Digital Modulation Schemes. Introduction to
M-ary Signaling Schemes: QPSK.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”,2nd Edition, WileyIndia,2011.
2. R.P. Singh, S.D. Sapre, “Communication Systems”, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.
3. Sam Shanmugham K., “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Wiley, 2012.
Suggested reading:
1. Herbert Taub, Donald L. Shilling and GoutamSaha, “Principles of Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition, TMH, 2008.
2. P.Ramakrishna Rao, “Digital Communication”, 2nd Edition TMH, 2003.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105143.
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101113.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC16
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND MICROPROCESSORS
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Study and understand the principles of computer system.
2. Understand the design of computer system.
3. Explore the architecture and instruction set of the microprocessors.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand how computer works.
2. Apply fixed and floating-point arithmetic algorithms.
3. Compare various memories, memory access techniques.
4. Assess the performance of computers.
5. Analyze architecture and instruction set of microprocessors.
UNIT-I
Data representation and Computer Arithmetic: Basic structure of computers, Functional units, Fixed point representation of
numbers, Digital arithmetic algorithms for Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication using Booth’s algorithm and Division using
restoring and non-restoring algorithms, Floating point representation with IEEE standards.
UNIT-II
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Stored program organization, Computer registers and computer
instructions, Timing and control, hardwired and micro programmed control unit, Instruction cycle, Program interrupt, Interrupt
cycle, Micro programmed Control organization, Address sequencing, Micro instruction format.
UNIT-III
Central Processing Unit: General register organization, Stack organization, Instruction formats, Addressing modes, Data transfer
and manipulation, Program control, CISC and RISC: features and comparison, Instruction Pipeline.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Input-Output Organization: Peripheral devices, I/O interface: I/O Bus and interface modules, isolated versus memory mapped
I/O Modes of Transfer: Programmed I/O, DMA and Interrupt initiated I/O. Priority interrupt: Daisy chaining, Parallel Priority
interrupt.
UNIT-IV
Memory Organization: Memory hierarchy, Primary memory, Auxiliary memory, Associative memory, Cache memory, mapping
functions: direct, associate and set associate, Virtual memory: address mapping using pages, Memory management.
UNIT-V
8086 Microprocessor: Evolution of microprocessors, 8086 Microprocessor: Internal architecture, flag register, Signal description
under minimum and maximum mode of operation, register organization, Addressing modes. Overview of Instruction set.
Introduction to the advanced microprocessors (x86): Salient features, real and protected modes. Evolution of Pentium Processors.
Text Books:
1. Morris Mano. M., “Computer System Architecture”, 3/e, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Hayes J.P, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, 3/e, Mcgraw Hill, 2012.
3. Barry B. Brey, “The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286, 80386, 80486, Pentium, Pentium Pro,
Pentium II, III, IV”, 8/e Pearson Education, 2006.
Suggested Reading:
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, “Computer Organization” 5/e McGrawHill, 2011.
2. Ray A.K. and Bhurchandi, K.M., “Advanced Microprocessor and peripherals”, 2/e TMH 2007.
3. Douglas V Hall, SSSP Rao, “Microprocessors and Its Interfacing” (SIE), 3/e, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2012.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs61/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC17
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply the concept of DFT and FFT for signal processing applications.
2. Implementation of IIR filters for the given specifications.
3. Design FIR filters for the given specifications.
4. Interpret the concepts of Multi-rate digital signal processing and its applications.
5. Understand the architecture features of TMS320C67XX processor.
UNIT-I
Discrete Fourier Transform: Introduction, Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), Properties of DFT, Efficient computation of DFT-
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms: Radix-2 FFT algorithms – Decimation in Time, Decimation in Frequency algorithms,
In-place computation, Bit reversal algorithm, Linear filtering using FFT algorithm.
UNIT-II
IIR Filter Design: Butterworth and Chebyshev approximation, IIR digital filter design techniques- Impulse Invariant
transformation, Bilinear transform techniques, Digital Butterworth and Chebyshev filters, Spectral transformation techniques.
Comparison between FIR and IIR filters, Realization of IIR filters-Direct form-I and II.
UNIT-III
FIR Filter Design: Linear phase FIR filters –Introduction, types, magnitude and phase responses of linear phase FIR filters,
Windowing technique for design of FIR filters – Rectangular, Bartlet, Hamming, Blackman and Kaiser Windows, frequency
sampling technique, Realization of FIR filters-Direct form, linear phase filter.
UNIT- IV
Finite word length effects: Quantization Errors Round-off and Truncation Errors, Limit cycles, Overflow Oscillations, Coefficient
Quantization Error.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Introduction -Decimation by a Factor-D, Interpolation by a Factor-I, Sampling Rate
Conversion by a Rational Factor-I/D, Nobel identities, design of multistage decimator.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
DSP Processors: Introduction, Difference between DSP and General Purpose Processor architectures, need for DSP processors.
TMS320C67XX DSP processor: architecture, functional units, pipelining, registers, linear and circular addressing modes.
Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis & Dimtris G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and Application”, PHI, 4/e,
2012.
2. Sanjit K Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing, A computer based approach”, TMH, 3/e, 2011.
3. Rulph Chassaing, “Digital Signal Processing and Applications with the C6713 and C6416 DSK”, John wiley & sons,
2005.
Suggested Reading:
1. K. Deergha Rao & MNS swamy, “Digital Signal Processing: Theory and Practice”, Springer, 2018.
2. Avtar Singh & S. Srinivasan, “Digital Signal Processing Implementation using DSP microprocessors”, Thomson Brooks,
2/e, 2004.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee16.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC18
LINEAR AND DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basic construction, characteristics and parameters of Op-Amp.
2. Analyze the linear and nonlinear applications of Op-Amp.
3. Explain the concepts of IC555 timer, IC723 regulator, memories and PLD.
4. Classify and describe the characteristics of different logic families.
5. Design logic functions of Combinational and Sequential circuits with ICs.
UNIT – I
Operational Amplifier: Op-Amp block diagram, ideal Op-Amp Characteristics, Inverting and Non-inverting amplifiers with ideal
and non-ideal Op-amps, Voltage Follower, Op-Amp parameters- Input offset voltage, Output offset voltage, input offset and bias
currents, Slew rate, CMRR and PSRR.
UNIT – II
Op-Amp Applications: Summing Amplifier, Difference Amplifier, ideal and practical Integrator and differentiator. Sample and
hold circuit, Comparator, Schmitt Trigger with and without reference voltage, Triangular waveform generator.
UNIT – III
555 Timer: Functional diagram. Modes of operation: Monostable, Astable multivibrators.
Voltage Regulator: IC7805, Analysis and design of voltage regulator using IC 723.
Data Converters: Specifications, DAC - Weighted Resistor, R-2R Ladder, ADC - Comparator, Successive Approximation and
Dual Slope.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT – IV
Logic Families: Digital IC characteristics, TTL logic family, TTL series and TTL output configurations: open collector, Totem
pole, Tri state logic. MOS logic family, CMOS logic family and its series characteristics, CMOS transmission gate, CMOS open
drain and high impedance outputs. Comparison of TTL and CMOS logic families.
UNIT – V
Combinational and Sequential Circuits: Design of logic functions/circuits - Decoder, Multiplexer, Adder- Serial adder, parallel
adder and BCD adder, counters - asynchronous counter (IC7493) and synchronous counter (IC74163).
Semiconductor Memories: Memory Terminology, ROM, RAM types, Architectures, operation, Expanding word size and
capacity, Introduction to PLD’s- PAL and PLA, Programming with PLDs, Introduction to CPLD&FPGA and its architectures.
Text Books:
1. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, “Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”, 4/e, PHI, 2015.
2. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S. Widmer & Gregory L. Moss, “Digital Systems: Principles and Applications”, PHI, 12/e, 2016.
Suggested Reading:
1. K.R. Botkar, “Integrated Circuits”, 10/e, Khanna Publishers, 2010.
2. Roy Chowdhury D, Jain S.B, “Linear Integrated Circuits”,4/e, New Age International Publishers, 2018.
3. Jain R.P., “Modern Digital Electronics”, 4/e, TMH, 2011.
4. Charles H Roth and Larry L Kinney, “Fundamentals of Logic Design” 7th edition, Cengage Publication, 2014.
5. David A. Bell, ‘Operational Amplifier and Linear ICs’, third edition, Oxford university press, 2013.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee147.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee140.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE01
VLSI TECHNOLOGY
(Professional Elective-I)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand the procedure for preparing silicon wafer and its cleaning.
2. Know the various fabrications steps involved.
3. Learn the concepts of packaging and testing of ICs.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Describe the various processing steps (including base materials, layers, clean room) involved in the IC fabrication.
2. Illustrate the crystal growth, wafer processing and cleaning methods.
3. Analyze the oxidation and lithography processes with its parameters.
4. Explain the doping and etching methods used in IC fabrication.
5. Outline the deposition, packaging and testing concepts applied for VLSI circuits.
UNIT-I
Introduction: Integrated Circuits Review of history of VLSI technology progress, Silicon as the Base Material and its advantages,
various Layers of ICs: Substrate, Active Layer, Oxide/Nitride Layers, Metal/Poly Silicon Layers. Functions of each of the Layers.
Introduction to clean room technology.
UNIT-II
Silicon Wafer Preparation: Electronic Grade Silicon, CZ and FZ Methods of Single Crystal Growth, Silicon Shaping, Mechanical
Operations, Chemical Operations.
Wafer-Cleaning Technology: Introduction, basic concepts of wafer cleaning, Wet-cleaning technology, Dry-cleaning technology.
UNIT-III
Oxide Growth: Structure of SiO2, Growth Mechanism and Dynamics, Oxide Growth by Thermal method.
Lithography: Steps involved in Photolithography, photo resists and their characteristics, optical exposure systems contact and
projection systems, steppers, X-ray Electron Beam Lithography.
UNIT-IV
Etching: Chemical, Electro Chemical Plasma (Dry Etching) Reactive Plasma Etching.
Ion Implantation: Range and Penetration Depth, Damage and Annealing Ion Implantation machine.
Diffusion: Constant and Infinite Source Diffusions, Diffusion Profiles and Diffusion Systems.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
Dielectric and Polysilicon Film Deposition Techniques: Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) and associated methods like
LPCVD and PECVD. PVD thermal evaporation a sputtering.
Packaging and Metallization: die and Bonding and Packaging.
Text Books:
1. J. D. Plummer, M .D. Deal and P. B. Griffin, “The Silicon VLSI Technology Fundamentals, Practice and modeling”,
Pearson Education 2009.
2. S.M. Sze, “VLSI Technology”, McGraw hill International Editions, 2017.
Suggested Reading:
1. CY Chang and S.M. SZe , “VLSI Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. with effect from the academic year
2016-2017.
2. Stephen A, “The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication”, Campbell Oxford 2001.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/117/106/117106093.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE02
FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION
(Professional Elective-I)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand the properties of optical fiber that affect the performance of a communication link and types of fiber materials
with their properties and the losses occur in fibers and the principles of single and multi-mode optical fibers and their
characteristics.
2. Know the working of semiconductor lasers, and differentiate between direct modulation and external electro-optic
modulation.
3. Analyze the operation of LEDs, Laser diodes, and PIN photo detectors (spectral properties, bandwidth, and circuits) and
apply in optical systems.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Select necessary components required in modern optical communications systems.
2. Analyze various distortions in optical fibers.
3. Distinguish the various Optical sources and Optical detectors.
4. Examine the Power Launching and Coupling and fiber optical receiver.
5. Determine the performance of Optical Communication link.
UNIT–I
Overview of Optical Fiber Communication: The general system, advantages of optical fiber communications. Optical fiber wave
guides- Acceptance angle, Numerical Aperture, Skew rays, Cylindrical fibers: Modes, V-number, Mode coupling, Step Index
fibers, Graded Index fibers, Single mode fibers: Cut off wavelength, Mode Field Diameter, Effective Refractive Index.
UNIT–II
Signal Distortion in Optical Fibers: Attenuation, Absorption, Scattering and Bending losses, Core and Cladding losses,
Information capacity determination, Types of Dispersion: Material dispersion, Wave-guide dispersion. Intermodal dispersion, Pulse
broadening in Graded index fiber.
Optical Fiber Connectors: Connector types, Single mode fiber connectors, Connector return loss, Fiber Splicing: Splicing
techniques, Splicing single mode fibers, Fiber alignment and joint loss: Multimode fiber joints, Single mode fiber joints (Qualitative
treatment only).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT–III
Optical Sources: LEDs, Structures, Materials, Quantum efficiency, Power Modulation. Injection Laser Diodes: Modes, Threshold
conditions, External quantum efficiency, Laser diode rate equations, Resonant frequencies, Optical detectors: Physical principles
of PIN and APD, Detector response time, Temperature effect on Avalanche gain, Comparison of Photo detectors.
UNIT–IV
Source to Fiber Power Launching: Power coupling, Power launching, Fundamental receiver operation, error sources, Receiver
configuration, Digital receiver performance, Probability of Error, Quantum limit.
UNIT–V
Optical System Design: Point-to- point links, Component choice and considerations, Link power budget, Rise time budget with
examples, WDM and its applications.
Text Books:
1. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, McGraw-Hill International edition, 5th Edition, 2017.
2. John M. Senior, “Optical Fiber Communications”, PHI, 3 rd Edition, 2009.
3. D.K. Mynbaev, S.C. Gupta and Lowell L. Scheiner, “Fiber Optic Communications”, Pearson Education, 2005.
Suggested Reading:
1. S.C. Gupta, “Text Book on Optical Fiber Communication and its Applications”, PHI, 2005.
2. Govind P. Agarwal, “Fiber Optic Communication Systems”, John Wiley, 3rd Edition, 2004.
3. Joseph C. Palais, “Fiber Optic Communications”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101054.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE03
SIGNAL DETECTION TECHNIQUES
(Professional Elective-I)
Instruction 3 L Hours per week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Study the importance of discrete random processes in the communications.
2. Understand random signal modelling and statistical decisions.
3. Acquire the knowledge about various detection techniques.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply and analyse discrete random process concepts in communications.
2. Understand binary hypothesis techniques.
3. Analyse the various statistical decision techniques.
4. Demonstrate the various binary detection techniques and M-ary detection.
5. Evaluate various CFAR detectors.
UNIT-I
Discrete-Time Random Processes: Introduction, Definitions, Auto Regressive (AR) Processes, Moving Average (MA) Processes,
Auto Regressive Moving Average (ARMA) Processes.
UNIT-II
Statistical Decision Theory: Introduction, Bayes’ Criterion - Binary Hypothesis Testing and M-ary Hypothesis Testing, Minimax
Criterion, Neyman-Pearson Criterion.
UNIT-III
The General Gaussian Problem: Introduction, Binary Detection, Same Covariance - Diagonal Covariance Matrix and Non-
Diagonal Covariance Matrix, Same Mean - Uncorrelated Signal Components and Equal Variances, Uncorrelated Signal
Components and Unequal Variances.
UNIT-IV
Detection: Introduction, Binary Detection, Simple Binary Detection, General Binary Detection, M-ary Detection, Correlation
Receiver, Matched Filter Receiver.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
Adaptive Thresholding CFAR Detection: Introduction, Principles of Adaptive CFAR Detection, Target Models, Review of Some
CFAR Detectors.
Text Books:
1. Mourad Barkat, “Signal Detection and Estimation”, Artech House, 2 nd Edition, 2005.
2. D.G. Manolakis, V.K. Ingle and S.M. Kogon, “Statistical and Adaptive Signal Processing”, McGraw Hill, 2000.
Suggested Reading:
1. Papoulis and S.U. Pillai, “Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Payton. Z. Peebles Jr., “Probability Random Variables and Random Signal Principles”, TMH, 4 th Edition, 2003.
3. Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing”, Volume II: Detection Theory: 2, by Steven M. Kay, Prentice Hall Signal
Processing Series 1998 for the course “Signal Detection Techniques.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103018.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE04
EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING
(Professional Elective-I)
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Describe the features and architecture of Embedded Development Boards.
2. Interfacing of various sensors along with display systems to Embedded Development Boards through Embedded ‘C’.
3. Develop various applications using Embedded C Programming.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts, features, and architecture of the Embedded Development Boards.
2. Analyze the various functions used in Embedded C Programming.
3. Interface the various sensors along with display systems to Embedded Development Boards.
4. Apply the concepts of IoT to Embedded Development Board.
5. Demonstrate and designs of various emerging field applications with Embedded C Programming.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Embedded development boards: Importance of Embedded Development Boards for current trends and needs,
Origin of Arduino, familiarizing with Arduino family, Pin configuration and Architecture of Arduino UNO, power connections,
digital and analog ports, Arduino clones and variants, Installation of Arduino IDE, uploading the program.
UNIT-II
Embedded C Programming Concepts: Data types: variables and constants, Operators, Control Statements, Arrays and Functions.
Programming with Embedded C for I/O Functions: Pins Configured as input, Pins Configured as output, pin Mode function, digital
Write, digital Read functions, analog Read, analog Write functions, time delay functions.
.UNIT-III
Interfacing with Displays and Sensors: Working with Serial Monitor, LED interfacing, LCD interfacing, fixed one-line static
message display, Running message display, Interfacing of Temperature sensor, humidity sensor, IR sensor, Gas detection sensor,
PIR Sensor, Ultrasonic Sensor and DC motor.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Introduction to NodeMCU and IoT Concepts: Features and Pin configuration of NodeMCU, Programming with NodeMCU
using Arduino IDE. Communicating with web servers: HTTP, HTML, Arduino uno and NodeMCU as a web server, Web
controllers, calling of web services using ThingSpeak.
UNIT-V
Debugging Techniques and Applications: Testing the Arduino board, problems with IDE, debugging techniques, Case studies
or Application of Embedded Development Boards in the field of agriculture, medical, security, home appliances, automotive
systems, and consumer electronics.
Text Books:
1. Simon Monk, “Programming Arduino: Getting Started with Sketches”, McGraw-Hill Education, Second Edition, 2016.
2. Massimo Banzi, “Getting Started with Arduino: The Open Source”, Shroff Publishers & Distributors Pvt Ltd, 2014.
Suggested Reading:
1. Margolis, “Arduino Cookbook”, Shroff/O'Reilly Publication, 2nd Edition 2012.
2. Michael J. Pont, “Embedded C”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105166.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE05
SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO
(Professional Elective-I)
Instruction 3 L Hours per week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: The students should have knowledge of analog and digital communications.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Make the students understand the differences between Super-heterodyne Radio, Software Defined Radio, and Cognitive
Radio.
2. Give the Knowledge to students about FPGA-based architectures and processors with low power consumption.
3. Understand the single node Cognitive radio techniques and basics of Co-operative Spectrum sensing and the applications
of CR.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand and compare the Super-heterodyne receiver, SDR and CR.
2. Analyze the basic architecture of SDR.
3. Determine the process or based on the application.
4. Evaluate and choose the various spectrum sensing methods based on application.
5. Choose the USRP and WARP boards based on the facilities required for an SDR application.
UNIT-I
Introduction to SDR: What is Software-Defined Radio, The Requirement for Software-Defined Radio, Legacy Systems, The
Benefits of Multi stranded Terminals, Economies of Scale, Global Roaming, Service Upgrading, Adaptive Modulation and Coding,
Operational Requirements, Key Requirements, Reconfiguration Mechanisms, Handset Model, New Base-Station and Network,
Architectures, Separation of Digital and RF, Tower-Top Mounting, BTS Hoteling, Smart Antenna Systems, Smart Antenna System
Architectures, Power Consumption Issues, Calibration Issues, Projects and Sources of Information on Software Defined Radio.
UNIT-II
RF System Design: Introduction, world frequency band plans, Noise, and channel Capacity, link budget, free space loss, practical
loss models, detailed system link budget, 3G RF performance requirements, multicarrier power amplifiers, signal processing
capacity trade-off, Design flow.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
Basic Architecture of a Software Defined Radio, Software Defined Radio Architectures, Ideal Software Defined Radio
Architecture, Required Hardware Specifications, Digital Aspects of a Software Defined Radio, Digital Hardware, Alternative
Digital Processing Options for BTS Applications, Alternative Digital Processing Options for Handset Applications, Current
Technology Limitations, A/D Signal to-Noise Ratio and Power Consumption, Derivation of Minimum Power Consumption, Power
Consumption Examples.
UNIT-IV
Signal Processing Devices and Architectures General Purpose Processors, Digital Signal Processors, Field Programmable Gate
Arrays, Specialized Processing Units, Tilera Tile Processor, Application-Specific Integrated Circuits, Hybrid Solutions, Choosing
a DSP Solution, Comparison of all processors.
UNIT-V
Introduction to Cognitive Radio: Techniques and Signal Processing History and background, Communication policy and Spectrum
Management, Cognitive radio cycle, Cognitive radio architecture, SDR architecture for cognitive radio, Spectrum sensing Single
node sensing: energy detection. Introduction and challenges of Co-operative spectrum sensing. Concepts of 5G and 6G
technologies.
Textbooks:
1. Eugene Grayver, “Implementing Software Defined Radio”, Springer, New York Heidelberg Dordrecht London, ISBN
978-1-4419-9332-8 (eBook) 2013.
2. BruceA.Fette, “CognitiveRadioTechnology”, Elsevier, ISBN10:0-7506-7952-2, 2/e, 2006.
3. PaulBurns, “Software-Definedradiofor3G”, Artechhouse Publishers, Inc, ©2003.
Suggested Reading:
1. Peter B.Kenington, “RFandBasebandTechniquesforSoftwareDefinedRadio”, ArtechHousePublishers, Inc ©2005.
2. Hüseyin Arslan, “Cognitive Radio, Software Defined Radio and Adaptive Wireless Systems”, Springer, ISBN 978- 1-
4020-5541-6 HB, 2007.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/content/syllabus_pdf/108107107.pdf
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE06
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR ECE
(Professional Elective-I)
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Exposure to the foundation of Artificial Intelligence.
2. Familiarize the applications of Artificial Intelligence in Industry.
3. Inculcate the concepts of Neural Networks and Pattern Recognition.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basics of AI and intelligent agents.
2. Apply Expert Systems to solve real time problems.
3. Understand knowledge representation methods.
4. Build algorithms using neural network techniques for various applications.
5. Solve the various classification problems like object recognition.
UNIT-I
Introduction to AI and Intelligent Agents: Concept of AI, current status of AI, Agents, Good Behavior: Environment, problem
formulation. The structure of agents. Basic concepts of Search Algorithms: Uninformed depth first search, breadth first search,
uniform cost search, depth limited search, iterative deepening search and informed search techniques like greedy best first search
and A* algorithm, concepts of admissibility.
UNIT-II
Knowledge representation: Bayesian network representation, Construction and inference. Hidden Markov Model. Approaches to
knowledge representation, knowledge representation using the semantic network, extended semantic networks for Knowledge
representation, knowledge representation using frames.
UNIT-III
Neural Networks: What is a neural network, the human brain, models of a neuron, neural networks as a directed graph, feedback
and network architectures. Learning processes and learning tasks.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT IV
Machine Learning (ML): Introduction to ML, types of learning, applications of ML.
Supervised learning: Linear regression, polynomial regression, classification methods– KNN classifier, decision trees, naïve
bayes, supports vector machines.
Unsupervised Learning: Clustering – K-means clustering, dimensionality reduction – PCA (principal component analysis),
ensemble learning – boosting & bagging approaches.
UNIT-V
Applications and tools of Artificial Intelligence: Pre-processing, feature extraction for signal and time series data.
Machine learning in Image processing: Fundamentals of image processing, feature mapping case study on image classification
using artificial neural networks.
Artificial Intelligence in Speech Processing: Process of speech production a block diagram approach, Classification of speech
sounds, speech recognition using HMM.
Text Books:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence—A Modern Approach”, 3rd Edition, Prentice-Hall Series, 2010.
2. Christopher M. Bishop, Clareddon, “Neural networks for pattern Recognition”, Oxford, 1995.
3. Simon Haykin, “Neural networks and learning Machines”, 3rd Edition, Pearson- Prentice Hall, 2009.
4. M. Narsimhamurty and V. Susheela Devi, “Pattern Recognition- An Algorithmic Approach", Springer Universities Press,
2011.
5. B. Yegnanarayana, “Artificial Neural Networks”, PHI, 2005.
Suggested Books:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight and Shivashankar B Nair, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
2010.
2. Flasiński, Marius, “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”, Springer International Publisher, 2016.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs56/preview.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_cs18/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE07
CMOS ANALOG AND DIGITAL IC DESIGN
(Professional Elective-II)
Text Books:
1. Behzad Razavi, “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill. 2002.
2. J P Rabaey, A P Chandrakasan, B Nikolic, “Digital Integrated circuits: A design perspective”, Prentice Hall electronics and
VLSI series, 2nd edition 2003.
Suggested Reading:
1. David Johns, Ken Martin, “Analog Integrated Circuit Design”, John Wiley & sons. 2004.
2. Jacob Baker.R.et.al., “CMOS Circuit Design”, IEEE Press, Prentice Hall, India, 2000.
3. Paul. R. Gray & Robert G. Major, “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, John Wiley & sons. 2004.
4. Kang, S. and Leblebici, Y., “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits, Analysis and Design”, TMH, 3rdEdition 2003.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee111/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE08
MATHEMATICAL MODELLING OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
(Professional Elective-II)
Prerequisite: The student should have knowledge of probability theory and programming.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To introduce the importance of Monte Carlo methods for analyzing the behavior of communication systems.
2. To inspire students to model and analyze stochastic systems in their surroundings, empowering them to apply these
principles to practical challenges in Communication engineering and related fields.
3. To develop a comprehensive understanding of stochastic modeling and communication systems.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Gain a solid understanding of MATLAB Learn key programming constructs.
2. Explore Linear Algebra and Signal Processing Fundamentals.
3. Develop a comprehensive understanding of probability and stochastic processes.
4. Design and Develop Stochastic Models and Data Compression Techniques.
5. Modeling of Communications and Wireless Technologies.
UNIT-I
Fundamentals: Introduction, Basics of MATLAB, Data Types, Floating Point Numbers, Scripts and Flow of Control, The For
Loop, Arrays, Indexing, Some Results from Linear Algebra, Matrix Multiplication, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Complex
Numbers, Hermitian Matrices, Signals, Convolution.
UNIT-II
Probability Theory: Probability, Bayes Theorem, Random Variables, Clinical Trials, Random Numbers, Random Distributions,
Histograms, Functions of Random Variables, Generating Random Distributions, Laws of Large numbers, Random Processes,
Properties of Random Processes, Power Spectra, Signals and Noise.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
Stochastic Modeling: Stochastic Models, The AR-1 Process, Yule Walker Equations, Markov Chains, Analog to Digital
Conversion, K Means, Correlation, Predictive Coding, Image Compression, Transform Domain Compression, Multi Resolution
Coding.
UNIT-IV
Communication Theory: Introduction to Communications, Low Pass and Band-pass Signals, Signal Spaces, PAM, Detection,
Effects of AWGN, ML Detection, The Union Bound, Symbol Error Rates, Choosing Constellations.
UNIT-V
Wireless Communication: Orthogonal Signaling, Non-Coherent Detection, DPSK, Introduction to Wireless Communications,
Propagation and Fading, Introduction to MIMO and OFDM.
Text Books:
1. Rudra Pratap. Getting Started with MATLAB: A Quick Introduction for Scientists and Engineers. Oxford University
Press, Inc., USA, 2009.
2. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, (Twelfth Edition), Academic Press, 2019.
3. Proakis, J.G., Salehi, M., Bauch, G., Contemporary Communication Systems Using MATLAB, Third edition, Cengage
Learning, 2012.
Suggested Reading:
1. Cho, Yong Soo, et al. MIMO-OFDM wireless communications with MATLAB. John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
2. Haykin, Simon S, Adaptive Filter Theory, Fifth Edition, Pearson, 2014.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108103191.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE09
BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION AND SIGNAL PROCESSING
(Professional Elective-II)
Prerequisite: The student should have basic knowledge of Signals and Systems.
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the physiological systems present in the human body.
2. To understand the application of electronic systems used in modern health care.
3. To acquire, process and analyse Bio medical signals.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Know the functionality of the human body.
2. Know the practical limitations of electronic gadgets used for human systems.
3. Measure various physiological parameters.
4. Know the functionality of Bio medical recorders.
5. Learn the concepts of Brain- computer interface.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Biomedical Signals
Action Potential and Its Generation, Origin and Waveform Characteristics of Basic Biomedical Signals Like: Electrocardiogram
(ECG), Electroencephalogram (EEG), Electromyogram (EMG), Phonocardiogram (PCG), Electro Neuro Gram (ENG), Event-
Related Potentials (ERPS), Electro Gastro Gram (EGG), Objectives of Biomedical Signal Analysis, Difficulties in Biomedical
Signal Analysis, Computer-Aided Diagnosis.
UNIT–II
Basic Transducer Principles: Transducer principles, active and passive transducers, their bio medical applications.
Electrodes: Electrode theory, bio potential electrodes, bio chemical transducers. Cardiovascular System: The heart and
cardiovascular system, the heart, blood pressure, blood flow, heart sounds, ECG, Measurement of blood pressure, blood flow,
cardiac output, and heart sounds and PCG. Patient care and monitoring systems: Elements of Intensive care systems, patient
monitoring systems, other instruments, organization of the hospital for patient care monitoring, pace makers, defibrillators.
UNIT-III
Bio Medical Amplifiers: Basic requirements, differential amplifier, carrier amplifier, chopper amplifier, phase sensitive detector.
EEG: Signal sources, EEG recording, applications of EEG. EMG: Surface and needle electrodes, EMG, measurement of conduction
velocity, ERG, EOG. Respiration: mechanism, spirometer, and pneumotachograph.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Bio telemetry: Introduction, physiological parameters adaptable to biotelemetry, components of telemetry system, implantable
units, applications of telemetry in patient care. Computer in Biomedical instrumentation: digital computer, microprocessor,
interfacing computer with other medical equipment, biomedical computer applications, Introduction to CAT scanner. X-Ray: X-
ray unit, radiation therapy, Introduction to MRI and nuclear imaging.
UNIT – IV
Filtering for Removal of artifacts: Statistical Preliminaries, Time domain filtering (Synchronized Averaging, Moving Average),
Time domain filtering (Moving Average Filter to Integration, Derivative-based operator), Frequency Domain Filtering (Notch
Filter), Optimal Filtering: The Weiner Filter, Adaptive Filtering Selecting Appropriate Filter.
UNIT – V
Event Detection: Example events (viz. P, QRS and T wave in ECG), Derivative based Approaches for QRS Detection Pan
Tompkins Algorithm for QRS Detection, Dicrotic Notch Detection Correlation Analysis of EEG .
Waveform Analysis : Signal, Morphological Analysis of ECG, Correlation coefficient, The Minimum phase correspondent, Signal
length, Envelop Extraction, Amplitude demodulation, The Envelogram, Analysis of activity, Root Mean Square value, Zero-
crossing rate, Turns Count, Form factor, Periodogram, Averaged Periodogram.
Text Books:
1. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J Weibell and Erich A Pfeiffer, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements,
PHI, 2nd edition, 2003.
2. C Raja Rao and SK Guha, “Principles of Medical Electronics and Biomedical Instrumentation”, Universities press, 2013.
3. D C Reddy “Biomedical Signal Processing: Principles and Techniques”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 2005.
Suggested Reading:
1. J G Webster “Medical Instrumentation: Application & Design”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2001.
2. C Raja Rao, S K Guha “Principles of Medical Electronics and Biomedical Instrumentation”, Universities Press, 2001.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou24_bt07/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE10
SENSING TECHNIQUES AND SENSOR SYSTEMS
(Professional Elective-II)
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To expose the students to many varieties of transducers, measuring instruments, their Operating principles and
construction.
2. Identify the details of instrumentation and devices intended for a particular application.
3. To provide an idea of strengths and weaknesses of the various types of sensors.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the fundamental and applications of several different types of sensors.
2. Evaluate and perform accurate measurements for any engineering system with clear idea of the potential errors.
3. Describe the working principles of various sensors.
4. Select an appropriate sensor for given application.
5. Understand various sensor materials and technologies used in designing sensors.
UNIT-I
Introduction: Difference between sensor and transducer - Primary measuring elements - selection and characteristics: Range;
resolution, Sensitivity, error, repeatability, linearity and accuracy, impedance, backlash, Response time, Dead band, Error -
Absolute error, Relative error Limiting errors, Propagation of errors, Errors in measurement-gross, systematic and random errors,
Loading effect, Statistical analysis of measurement data and probable error.
UNIT-II
Sensors: Definition, classification of sensors.
Proximity Sensors: Principle, Inductive and Capacitive proximity sensors and its applications.
Velocity, motion, force sensors: Tachogenerator, Optical encoders, Strain Gauge as force Sensor.
Fluid pressure: Tactile sensors, Flow Sensors: Ultrasonic and laser, Level Sensors: Ultrasonic and Capacitive.
Light sensors: Photo Diodes and Applications of Photo Diodes.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
Transducers: Definition, classification of Transducers.
Mechanical Transducers: Displacement-to-Pressure, Seismic Displacement Transducers.
Passive Electrical Transducers: LVDT, Resistor Moisture Transducer.
Active Electrical Transducers: Hall Effect Transducer, Piezoelectric transducer.
UNIT - IV
Micro Sensors: Principles and examples, Force and pressure micro sensors, position and speed micro sensors, acceleration
micro sensors, chemical sensors, biosensors, temperature micro sensors and flow micro sensors.
UNIT - V
Applications: Microphone and its types, Temperature measurement-Thermistor, Thermometer - resistance wire thermometers,
semiconductor thermometers and thermocouples, proximity sensor, Hygrometer.
Text Books:
1. D. Patranabis, “Sensors and Transducers”, Prentice Hall India Pvt., 2nd Ed, 2021.
2. Clarence W. De Silva, “Sensors and Actuators Engineering System Instrumentation”, Taylor & Francis Ltd, 2nd
Ed, 2015.
Suggested Reading:
1. Jacob Fraden, “Hand Book of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs and Application” 4Ed, Springer, 2010.
2. Jonathan Wolpaw and Elizabeth Winter Wolpaw, “Brain-Computer Interfaces: Principles and Practice”, Oxford
University Press, 2012.
3. D. V. S. Murty, “Transducers and Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall India Pvt., Limited, 2008.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee83/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE11
MEMS
(Professional Elective-II)
Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of MEMS and Microsystems.
2. Classify and discuss various possible materials for MEMS based devices.
3. Illustrate various process steps involved in fabrication of MEMS devices.
4. Understand various abstraction levels of a Microsystems Design.
5. Apply knowledge to design micro sensors and micro actuators.
UNIT-I
MEMS and Microsystem: Introduction to MEMS, Microsystems and Microelectronics, Multidisciplinary Nature of MEMS,
Miniaturization and its Benefits, MEMS Design Considerations, Advantages of MEMS Technology, Applications of MEMS.
UNIT-II
Materials for MEMS: Introduction, Substrates & Wafers, Active Substrate Materials, Silicon as a Substrate Material, Silicon
Compounds, Piezoelectric Crystals, Polymers, Packaging Materials.
UNIT-III
Microfabrication: Introduction, Fabrication Process – Wafer Processing, Photolithography, Ion Implantation, Oxidation,
Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD), Physical Vapor Deposition, Deposition By Epitaxy, Etching, Manufacturing Process - Bulk
Micromachining, Surface Micromachining and LIGA Process, Packaging Technology, System Level Packaging, Single and
Multichip Packaging. Microsystem Packaging, Interfacings in Microsystem Packaging.
UNIT-IV
Microsystems Design: Introduction, Design Considerations, Process design, Mechanical Design, Mechanical Design using Finite
Element method, Design of a Silicon die for a micro pressure sensor.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
MEMS Based Sensors and Actuators: Introduction, Working Principles of Microsystem - Micro Sensors, Micro Actuators,
MEMS with Micro Sensors: Pressure Sensors, Temperature Sensors, Humidity Sensors, Accelerometers, Gyroscopes, Biomedical
Sensors, Chemical Sensors, MEMS with Micro Actuators: Microgrippers, Micropumps.
Text Books:
1. Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS and Microsystems: Design, Manufacture, and Nanoscale Engineering, 2nd Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey, 2008.
2. Gabriel M Rebeiz, RF MEMS - Theory Design and Technology, John Wiley, 2004.
3. Microsystem Design by Stephen D. Senturia, Springer International, Edition, 2010.
Suggested Reading:
1. Marc Madou, Fundamentals of Micro Fabrication CRC Press.
2. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, The MEMS Handbook, CRC Press.
3. Julian W.Gardner, Vijay K.Varadan, Osama O. Awadel Karim, “Micro sensors MEMS and Smart Devices”, John Wiley
& Sons Ltd., 2001.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee139/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE12
CLOUD COMPUTING AND APPLICATIONS
(Professional Elective-II)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basic concepts of cloud computing.
2. Describe the cloud computing.
3. Explain and characterize various cloud service models and cloud deployment models.
4. Investigate the resources available and /Interpret the security and privacy issues related to cloud computing environments.
5. Apply the concepts of cloud computing in real world scenario.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Cloud: Introduction to Cloud Computing, Origins of Cloud computing, Fundamentals of cloud computing -
Definition of Cloud, Basic Concepts, Goals, Benefits, Risks and Challenges, RAS (Reliability, Availability and Serviceability)
Cloud components, Essential characteristics Comparing cloud providers with traditional IT service providers.
UNIT-II
Cloud Insights: Roots of cloud computing. Virtualization in Cloud Computing, Cloud scenarios – Benefits: scalability, simplicity,
vendors, security, Service Level Agreement.
UNIT-III
Cloud Platform Architecture: Basic Cloud Architecture, Monolithic and Microservice Architecture, Cloud Computing and
Service Models - SaaS, PaaS, IaaS – features, benefits, challenges and risks in cloud adoption. Cloud deployment models - Public,
Private, Community and Hybrid clouds.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Resource Management and Security in Cloud: Resources in cloud computing, Resource Management, Green Computing,
Resource Scheduling. Inter Cloud Resource Management – HaaS, LaaS and NaaS. Resource Provisioning Methods: Types. Cloud
Security Overview: Firewall, DoS Attack, Data Security, Application Security, Virtual Machine Security.
UNIT-V
Cloud Computing Applications: Case Studies: Google App Engine (GAE) – Traffic Management, Traffic Splitting, Compute
Engine Vs APP Engine, Scaling – Types, Amazon Web Services (AWS), Google Cloud Platform (GCP) and Azure. Cloud Software
Environments – Eucalyptus – Open Nebula – Open Stack.
Text Books:
1. Buyya R., Broberg J., Goscinski A., “Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigm”, 1 st Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
2011.
2. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, Jack G. Dongarra, “Distributed and Cloud Computing, From Parallel Processing to the
Internet of Things”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2012.
3. Jaden Locus “cloud Computing For Beginners With Examples “ year of publication 2019Michael Miller – Que, “Cloud
Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the Way You Work and Collaborate Online”, 2008.
Suggested Reading:
1. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. Thamarai Selvi, “Mastering Cloud Computing”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2013.
2. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, “Cloud Computing – A Practical Approach”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2009.
3. George Reese, “Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and Infrastructure in the Cloud: Transactional
Systems for EC2 and Beyond (Theory in Practice)”, OReilly, 2009.
4. Judith Hurwitz, Robin Bloor, Marcia Kaufman, Fern Halper, “Cloud computing for dummies”, Wiley Publishing, Inc,
2010.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105167.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EGO01
TECHNICAL WRITING SKILLS
(Open Elective – I )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: Language proficiency and the ability to simplify complex technical concepts for a diverse audience.
Course Objectives:
The course will introduce the students to:
1. Process of communication and channels of communication in general writing and technical writing in particular.
2. Learn Technical Writing including sentence structure and be able to understand and use technology specific words.
3. Write business letters and technical articles.
4. Write technical reports and technical proposals.
5. Learn to write agenda, record minutes of a meeting, draft memos. Understand how to make technical presentations.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course students will be able to:
1. Communicate effectively, without barriers and understand aspects of technical communication.
2. Differentiate between general writing and technical writing and write error free sentences using technology specific
words.
3. Apply techniques of writing in business correspondence and in writing articles.
4. Draft technical reports and technical proposals.
5. Prepare agenda and minutes of a meeting and demonstrate effective technical presentation skills.
CO 2 - 1 - 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 1 1 2 3 2 2 1 1 1
CO 4 2 2 1 3 - 2 2 1 3 3 2 2 1 2 2
CO 5 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 1 1 2
Unit - I
Communication – Nature and process.
Channels of Communication – Downward, upward and horizontal communication. Barriers to communication.
Technical Communication – Definition, oral and written communication. Importance and need for Technical
communication. Nature of Technical Communication. Aspects and forms of Technical communication. Technical
communication Skills – Listening, Speaking, Reading & Writing.
Unit II
Technical Writing – Techniques of writing. Selection of words and phrases in technical writing. Differences between
technical writing and general writing. Abstract and specific words. Sentence structure and requisites of sentence
construction. Paragraph length and structure.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Unit III
Business correspondence – Sales letters, letters of Quotation, Claim and Adjustment letters.
Technical Articles: Nature and significance, types. Journal articles and Conference papers, elements of technical articles.
Unit IV
Technical Reports: Types, significance, structure, style and writing of reports. Routine reports, Project reports.
Technical Proposals: Definition, types, characteristics, structure and significance.
Unit V
Mechanics of Meetings: Preparation of agenda, participation, chairing and writing minutes of a meeting. Memorandum.
Seminars, workshops and conferences.
Technical Presentations: Defining purpose, audience and locale, organizing content, preparing an outline, use of Audio
Visual Aids, nuances of delivery, importance of body language and voice dynamics.
Textbooks:
1. Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, “Technical Communications-Principles and Practice”, Oxford University
Press, Second Edition, 2012.
2. M Ashraf Rizvi, “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd, 2012.
Suggested Reading:
1. Kavita Tyagi & Padma Misra, “Basic Technical Communication”, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2012.
2. R.C Sharma & Krishna Mohan, “Business Correspondence and Report Writing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_mg13/preview.
2. https://www.technical-writing-training-and-certification.com.
3. https://academy.whatfix.com/technical-writing-skills.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EGO03
INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE
(Open Elective – I )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To get a knowledge in Indian Culture.
2. To know Indian Languages and Literature and the fine arts in India
3. To explore the Science and Scientists of Medieval and Modern India.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand philosophy of Indian culture.
2. Distinguish the Indian languages and literature.
3. Learn the philosophy of ancient, medieval, and modern India.
4. Acquire the information about the fine arts in India.
5. Know the contribution of scientists of different eras.
CO 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO 4 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 2
CO 5 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
UNIT I
Culture and Civilization: Culture, Civilization and heritage, general characteristics of culture, importance of culture in
human life, Cultural diversity, Aesthetics, Women seers, Indus culture, Indian Cuisine, Martial arts.
UNIT II
Education System: Education in ancient, medieval and modern India, aims of education, subjects, Languages, Science and
Scientists of ancient. Medieval and modern India. Concepts of Sciences in Indian Knowledge Systems.
UNIT III
Linguistic Wealth: Indian languages and Literature: The role of Sanskrit, Morphology and brevity of Sanskrit, Concepts
of NLP in IKS. Paleography, Fundamentals of Vedic Mathematics, Significance of scriptures to current society, Indian
semantics and lexicography, Darshanas.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT IV
Art, Technology & Engineering: Sculpture, Painting and Handicrafts, Indian Music, Dance Drama and Theatre,
introduction to Mayamatam, Iron and Steel technology, Use of metals in medicinal preparations.
UNIT-V
Science and Logic: Heliocentric system, Sulbasutras, Katapayadi, Engineering in Vedas, Adaptability of Sanskrit in
Computer languages, Related commands Hindu calendar, 6 Pramanas in Indian logic, Scientific method applied to
therapeutics, Fallacies, Tarka- Induction and deduction, Ayurvedic biology, Definition of health.
Text Books:
1. B. Madhavan, Nagendra Pavana, Vinayak Rajat Bhat, “Introduction to Indian Knowledge System: Concepts and
Applications”, PHI Learning, June 2022.
2. Kapil Kapoor, “Text and Interpretation: The Indian Tradition”, D K Print World Ltd., 2005.
3. Samskrita Bharati, “Science in Sanskrit”,2017.
4. Satya Prakash, “Founders of sciences in Ancient India”, Govindram Hasanand, 1986.
Suggested Reading:
1. Brajendranath Seal, “The Positive Sciences of the Ancient Hindus”, Motilal Banarasidass, 2016.
2. Kancha Ilaiah, “Turning the Pot, Tilling the Land: Dignity of Labour in Our Times”, Navayana, 2019.
3. Balram Singh and others, “Science & Technology in Ancient Indian Texts”, D.K. Print World Ltd, 1st edition,
2012.
4. Smt. Kalpama Paranjepe, “Ancient Indian insight and Modern Science”, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute,
1996.
5. Pradeep Parihar, “Vedic World and Ancient Science”, World House Book Publishing, 2021.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CEO02
DISASTER RISK REDUCTION AND MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective – I )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to,
1. Explain the fundamental concepts of disaster management.
2. Demonstrate the principles and practices of disaster risk reduction management.
3. Identify stress and its management during disaster.
4. Outline institutional frame work at different levels of administration.
5. Evaluate disaster management study including data search, analysis and presentation as a case study.
CO 2 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1 - - -
CO 3 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1 - - -
CO 4 2 - - - 2 2 3 - - - - 1 - - -
CO 5 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1 - - -
UNIT I
Fundamental concepts in disaster management: Hazard and disaster-concepts, vulnerability and risk, Hazard and disaster
type – Natural, Water- related, pandemic and Human induced hazards disasters. Causes and Impacts of disasters – Impacts
on natural eco systems: physical, psychological and social impact. Disaster and financial resilience. Disaster vulnerability
profile of India –Specific to geographical regions and states (as per regional significance).
UNIT II
Disaster Management Cycle: Rescue, Relief, Rehabilitation, Prevention, Mitigation and Preparedness. Disaster risk
reduction (DRR). Community based DRR, institutions concerned with safety, disaster mitigation and construction
techniques as per Indian standards and Early warning systems.
UNIT III
Disaster Impacts Management: Trauma and stress management, First aid and emergency procedures Awareness
generation strategies for the community on safe practices in disaster (as per regional significance).
UNIT IV
Institutional framework of disaster management in India: NDMA-SDMA, NDRF, civic volunteers, and NIDM. Phases
of disaster/risk management and post-disaster responses. Compensation and insurance Applications of remote sensing &
GIS in disaster management. Components of disaster management. Preparedness of rescue and relief, mitigation,
rehabilitation & reconstruction. Institutional frame work of disaster management in India.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT V
Capacity building for disaster/damage mitigation: Structural and Nonstructural measures forcapacity building for
disaster/damage mitigation. Disaster risk reduction strategies and national disaster management guidelines. Disaster
management Act -2005. Regional issues as per regional requirement/university can take minimum two topics as per high
powered committee.
Text Books:
1. Singh, R. (2017), “Disaster management Guidelines for Earth quakes, Landslides, Avalanches andTsunami”.
Horizon Press publications.
2. Taimpo (2016), “Disaster management and preparedness”. CRC Press Publications
Suggested Reading:
1. Nidhi, G.D. (2014), “Disaster management preparedness” .CBS Publications Pvt. Ltd.
2. Gupta, A.K.,Nair, S.S., Shiraz, A. and Dey, S. (2013), “Flood Disaster Risk Management-CBS Publications Pvt Ltd.
3. Singh, R. (2016), “Disaster management Guidelines for Natural Disasters” Oxford University Press Pvt. Ltd
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/124107010.
2. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_hs20/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MEO06
PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND STARTUPS
(Open Elective – I )
Prerequisite: Nil
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Impart basic concepts and procedure of idea generation.
2. Familiarize the nature of industry and related opportunities and challenges.
3. Familiarize with elements of business plan and its procedure.
4. Learn the project management and its techniques.
5. Know the behavioral issues and time management.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Understand the concept and essence of entrepreneurship.
2. Identify business opportunities and nature of enterprise.
3. Analyze the feasibility of new business plan.
4. Apply project management techniques like PERT and CPM for effective planning and execution of projects.
5. Use behavioral, leadership and time management aspects in entrepreneurial journey.
UNIT - I
Entrepreneurship: Definition, Characteristics of an Entrepreneur, Functions of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneur vs. Intrapreneur,
First Generation Entrepreneur, Women Entrepreneurship, Ideas and their Sources, Conception and Evaluation of Ideas.
Behavioral Aspects of Entrepreneurs: Personality: Determinants, Attributes and Models, Leadership: Concepts and Models,
Values and Attitudes, Motivation Aspects.
UNIT - II
Indian Industrial Environment: Competence, Opportunities and Challenges, Entrepreneurship and Economic Growth, Small
Scale Industry in India, objectives, Linkage among Small, Medium and Heavy Industries, Types of Enterprises, Corporate Social
Responsibility.
UNIT - III
Business Plan: Introduction, Elements of Business Plan and its salient features, Business Model Canvas, Technical Analysis,
Profitability and Financial Analysis, Marketing Analysis, Feasibility Studies, Executive Summary.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - IV
Project Management: During construction phase, project organization, project planning and control using CPM, PERT
techniques, human aspects of project management.
Time Management: Approaches of Time Management, their strengths and weaknesses. Time Management Matrix, Urgency
Addiction.
UNIT - V
Startup: Definition, Startup Ecosystem, Startup Incubator, Need and Importance of Startups and Incubation Centers. Sources of
Finance and Incentives for Startups. Innovation, Creativity, Intellectual Property in Entrepreneurial Journey. Business firm
Registration Process in INDIA.
Text Books:
1. Vasant Desai, “Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1997.
2. Prasanna Chandra, “Project-Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review”, Tata Mcgraw- Hill Publishing
Company Ltd, 1995.
3. S.S. Khanka, “Entrepreneurial Development”, S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
Suggested Reading:
1. Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, “Entrepreneurship”, 5th edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company. Ltd.,
2005.
2. Stephen R. Covey and A. Roger Merrill, “First Things First”, Simon and Schuster Publication, 1994.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CSO01
INTRODUCTION TO WEB TECHNOLOGIES
(Open Elective – I )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: Knowledge on a programming language.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Acquire knowledge on HTML, Java Script and XML to develop client side web applications.
2. Learn developing web applications using Django.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the technologies required for developing web application.
2. Identify and choose HTML tags, CSS and java scripts to develop well-structured and easily maintained web pages.
3. Design and Develop interactive and innovative web pages using various platforms/technologies like HTML, CSS, XML,
JAVASCRIPT.
4. Create and deploy web applications in web server by using Django concepts.
5. Evaluate different web applications to implement optimal solutions for real time problems
CO 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 2
CO 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 2
CO 4 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 3
CO 5 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 3
UNIT - I
Web Basics: WWW Browsers, Web Servers, URL, MIME, HTTPS.
Introduction HTML5: basic tags, Images, Tables, Lists, Forms, Layout, Graphics, span and div tags. Grid, Cascading Style
Sheets.
UNIT – II
The Basics of Java script: Primitive operations and Expressions, Arrays, Functions, Pattern Matching Using Regular
Expressions, Document Object Model, Element Access in JavaScript, Events and Event Handling, Handling Events from Body,
Button, Text Box and Password Elements.
Dynamic Documents with Java Script: Positioning Elements, Moving Elements, float and clear.
UNIT - III
XML: Introduction, uses of XML, the Syntax of XML, XML Document Structure, Namespaces, XML schemas, displaying Raw
XML Documents, displaying XML documents with CSS, JSON, XML vs JSON.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - IV
Django: Introduction, Models, Templates, supported data bases, URL configuration. Templates, Modifying and Improving the
Templates, Creating a Form.
UNIT - V
Applications: Introduction to Ajax, Node.js and.
Bootstrap: Introduction to Bootstrap, bootstrap grid, bootstrap components.
Web Application Frameworks: React JS, JQuery.
Text Books:
1. HTML5 Black Book (Covers CSS3, JavaScript, XML, XHTML, AJAX, PHP, jQuery), Dreamtech, 2017.
2. Adrian Holovaty and Jacob Kaplan-Moss” The Definitive Guide to Django Web Development Done Right”, après-2009
3. P. J. Deitel - Deitel, H. M. Deitel - Deitel, “Internet & World Wide Web How To Program”, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall,
2007.
4. Miguel Grinberg , “Flask Web Development”, First edition-2014.
Suggested Reading:
1. Web Technologies, Uttam K Roy, Oxford University Press
2. Chris Bates, “Web Programming, building internet applications”, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
3. JavaScript for Modern Web Development: Building a Web Application Using HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, by Alok
Ranjan, Abhilasha Sinha, Ranjit Battwad, BPB, 2020.
e-Resources:
1. https://www.w3.org/standards/webdesign
2. https://www.w3schools.com/angular
3. https://www.w3schools.com/jquery/default.asp
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/flask/index.htm
5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/web2py/index.htm
6. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/fuelphp/index.htm
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ITO01
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING JAVA
(Open Elective – I )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To familiarize with fundamentals of object-oriented programming paradigm.
2. To impart the knowledge of string handling, interfaces, packages and inner classes.
3. To acquaint with Exception handling mechanisms and Multithreading.
4. To gain knowledge on collection framework, stream classes.
5. To familiarize web application environment using Servlets and JSP.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
1. To understand fundamentals of object-oriented programming paradigm.
2. To apply knowledge of string handling, interfaces, packages and inner classes.
3. To implement Exception handling mechanisms and Multithreading.
4. To demonstrate knowledge on collection framework, stream classes.
5. To develop web applications using Servlets and JSP.
CO 2 - 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 1
CO 3 - 1 1 1 - - - - - - 3 - 1 2 1
CO 4 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - 3 1 1 1 2
CO 5 1 2 1 2 3 - - 1 3 - 3 1 1 1 3
UNIT-I
OOP concepts: Data abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance, benefits of inheritance, polymorphism, classes and objects,
Procedural and object oriented programming paradigms.
Introduction to Java: Java’s Magic: The Byte code, The Java Buzzwords, Simple Java Programs, Java Primitive Types, Arrays:
How to create and define arrays, Basic Operators, Control statements.
Introducing Classes: Declaring objects, methods, Constructors, this keyword, Method Overloading and Constructor Overloading,
Objects as parameters, Returning objects, Use of static and final keywords.
UNIT-II
Inheritance: super and subclasses, Member access rules ,super keyword, Method overriding, Dynamic method dispatch , Abstract
classes, using final with inheritance , Introduction to Object class.
Packages: Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package, Understanding CLASSPATH, importing packages.
Interfaces: Defining and implementing interfaces, Nested Interfaces. Strings Handling: String & StringBuffer classes,
StringTokenizer class and Wrapper classes and conversion between Objects and primitives.
Inner classes in Java: Types of inner classes, Creating static / non-static inner classes, Local and anonymous inner classes.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
Exception Handling in Java: what are Exceptions? Exception types, Usage of try, catch, throw, throws and finally clauses, writing
your own exception classes. Multi-threading in Java: The java Thread Model, How to create threads, Thread class in java, Thread
priorities, Thread synchronization.
Generics: What are Generics? Generic classes, bounded types, Generic methods and interfaces.
UNIT-IV
Collections Framework: Overview of Collection Framework, Commonly used Collection classes – Array List, Linked List, Hash
Set, LinkedHashSet, Tree Set, Collection Interfaces –Collection, List, Set, Sorted Set, Accessing a collection via an Iteration,
Storing user-defined classes in collections, Map Interfaces and
Classes, Using a comparator. Legacy classes – Vector, Hash table, The Enumeration interface.
Input/Output : How to read user input (from keyboard) using scanner class,Stream classes, InputStream, OutputStream,
FileInputStream, FileOutputStream, Reader and Writer, FileReader, FileWriter classes. File class.
UNIT-V
Java Servlets: Overview of Java Servlet API, Servlet Implementation, Servlet Configuration, Servlet Exceptions, Servlet Life
cycle, Request and Response methods, Approaches to Session tracking, Servlet Context, Servlet Collaboration.
JSP Basics: Introduction to JSP, Directives, Scripting Elements, Standard Actions.
Databases: Connect servlet to MySQL, Connect JSP to MySQL.
Text Books:
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2011.
2. Kathy Sierra, Bryan Basham, Bert Bates, ―Head First Servlets and JSP‖, 2 nd Edition, O'Reilly Media,
Inc, 2008.
Suggested Reading:
1. E Balagurusamy “Programming with JAVA”, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing company Ltd,2019.
2. Sachin Malhotra & Saurabh Choudhary, “Programming in Java”, 2 nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2014.
3. C. Thomas Wu, “An introduction to Object-oriented programming with Java”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing company Ltd., 2010. 4. Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates, “Head First Java: A Brain-Friendly Guide”2nd Edition,
O’Reilly,2005
e-Resources:
1. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~nlp-ai/javalect_august2004.html.
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106147/
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computerscience/6-092- introduction-to-programming-in-
java-january-iap-2010/lecture-notes/
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC19
ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION LAB
Prerequisite: Knowledge on fundamentals of signals and systems and probability theory is required.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Conduct experiments on various continuous wave modulations.
2. Generate and detect various pulse analog and pulse digital modulation schemes.
3. Carry out experiments on various digital carrier modulation techniques..
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the generation and detection of various analog and digital modulated signals.
2. Illustrate the sampling concept and interpret the generation and detection of various pulse analog and digital modulated
signals.
3. Obtain and analyze frequency response of Pre-Emphasis and De-Emphasis circuits.
4. Assess different line coding techniques.
5. Evaluate various digital carrier modulation techniques experimentally.
List of Experiments:
1. AM signals generation and detection.
2. Generation of DSB-SC using Balanced modulator.
3. FM generation and detection.
4. Sampling of continuous time signal and its Reconstruction (PAM).
5. PWM Modulation and Demodulation.
6. PPM Modulation and Demodulation.
7. Data formats / Line coding techniques.
8. PCM generation and detection.
9. Linear Delta Modulation and demodulation.
10. Adaptive Delta Modulation and demodulation
11. ASK generation and detection.
12. FSK generation and detection.
13. BPSK generation and detection.
14. QPSK generation and detection.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
15. Structured Enquiry:
Design Armstrong FM transmitter for the given specifications.
Design and develop an N-bit PCM encoder for the specified input signals.
16. Open-ended Enquiry:
Simulate various analog, pulse analog, pulse digital and digital carrier modulation schemes and assess their
performance.
Design different Line coding schemes using logic Gates.
Suggested reading:
1. A.M. Zungeru, J.M. Chuma, M. Mangwala, L.K. Ketshabetswe, “Handbook of Laboratory Experiments in Electronics
and Communication Engineering”, Vol. 2, 1st Edition, Notion press, 2017.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC20
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Prerequisite: The knowledge of basics of signals, systems, linear algebra and calculus is required.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Simulation of DFT, FFT, Digital filters and multirate concepts using MATLAB.
2. Understand spectral analysis of noisy signals using MATLAB.
3. Implementation of digital filters on DSP Processor.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Illustrate linear convolution and correlation using MATLAB.
2. Design the digital filters using MATLAB.
3. Examine the performance of multirate techniques using MATLAB.
4. Experiment with decimator and interpolator on DSP processor.
5. Implement the digital filters on DSP processor.
List of Experiments
Structured enquiry: Design the best IIR band pass filter to meet the given specifications:
Pass band cut off frequencies: [500 600] Hz
Stop band cut off frequencies: [525 675] Hz
Pass band ripple: ≤ 2dB
Stop band attenuation: ≥ 60dB
Open-ended enquiry: Design a three stage multirate filter to meet the given specifications:
Pass band cut off frequency: 450 Hz
Stop band cut off frequency: 500 Hz
Pass band ripple: ≤ 3dB
Stop band attenuation: ≥ 40dB
Sampling frequency: 40 KHz
Compare with single stage filter.
Note:
1. A minimum of 10 experiments is mandatory.
2. For Part “A”, MATLAB with different toolboxes like Signal Processing, Signal Processing block set, and SIMULINK/
MATHEMATICA/ any popular software can be used.
Suggested Reading:
1. Vinay K. Ingle and John G. Proakis, “Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB”, 4/e, Cengage learning, 2011.
2. B. Venkataramani and M. Bhaskar, “Digital Signal Processor architecture, programming and application”, 6/e, TMH,
2006.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC21
LINEAR AND DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Know and verify the concepts of 741 Op-Amp, IC555 timer, IC723 and data converters.
2. Know the various characteristics of TTL and CMOS gates and implement the circuits with Digital ICs.
3. Contrast the differences between linear and digital ICs.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Analyze the configurations, parameters of IC741.
2. Demonstrate the circuits of Op-Amp for various applications.
3. Design the circuits using IC555 timer, IC723 and data converters.
4. Determine the characteristics of TTL and CMOS gates.
5. Develop various combinational circuits and sequential circuits using digital ICs.
Lab Experiments
Part-A: Linear IC Experiments
1. Implement Voltage Follower, Inverting and Non-Inverting Amplifiers using Op-Amp.
2. Measurement of Op-Amp parameters.
3. Implement Arithmetic Circuits using Op-Amp.
4. Implement Waveform generation using Op-Amp.
5. Implement Astable and Monostable multivibrators using IC555Timer.
6. Implement Low and High Voltage Regulators using IC723.
7. Implement D to A Converter using R-2R ladder.
8. Implement A to D Converter.
Structured enquiry: Implement a Security Monitoring System (Use only nonprogrammable ICs.)
Open ended enquiry: Design a Digital Clock structure to display minutes and seconds. (Use only non-programmable ICs.)
Suggested Reading:
1. National Semiconductor Corporation, “Linear applications”, Data book, 1986.
2. National Semiconductor Corporation, “Logic data book-Vol-II”, 1984.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECI02
INDUSTRIAL / RURAL INTERNSHIP
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Basic Sciences and Engineering Sciences / Knowledge about rural environment.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Exposing the students to the industrial environment/ rural environment.
2. Create awareness with the current industrial technological developments relevant to program domain.
3. Provide opportunity to understand the social, economic and administrative considerations in organizations/rural areas.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand Engineer’s responsibilities and ethics.
2. Use various materials, processes, products and quality control.
3. Provide innovative solutions to solve real world problems.
4. Acquire knowledge in technical reports writing and presentation.
5. Apply technical knowledge to real world industrial/rural situations.
.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 1 1 3
CO 2 1 1 1 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1
CO 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1
CO 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 3
CO 5 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
For implementation procedures and letter formats, annexures I and III of Internship document may be referred.
Evaluation of Internship: The internship of the students will be evaluated in three stages:
d) Evaluation by the Industry/Academic Supervisor (in the scale of 1 to 10 where 1-Unsatisfactory; 10-Excellent).
e) Evaluation by faculty Mentor on the basis of site visit(s) or periodic communication (15 marks).
f) Evaluation through seminar presentation/Viva-Voce at the Institute by the constituted committee (25 marks).
Evaluation through Seminar presentation / Viva-Voce at the institute: Students shall give a seminar before an Expert
Committee constituted by college (Director, HoD / Senior faculty, mentor and faculty expert from the same department) based on
his/her internship carried out.
The evaluation will be based on the following criteria:
Quality of content presented.
Proper planning for presentation.
Effectiveness of presentation.
Depth of knowledge and skills.
Attendance record, daily diary, departmental reports shall be analyzed along with the internship Report
Monitoring/ Surprise Visits: During the internship, the faculty mentor makes a surprise visit to the industry, to check the student’s
presence physically. If the student is found to be absent without prior intimation to the concerned industry, entire internship may
be canceled. Students should inform through email to the faculty mentor as well as the industry supervisor at least one day prior to
avail leave.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
SEMESTER – VI
1 22ECC22 Microcontrollers 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Microwave Engineering
2 22ECC23 and Mobile 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Communication
3 22ECC24 VLSI Design 3 - - 3 40 60 3
4 Professional Elective-III 3 - - 3 40 60 3
5 Professional Elective-IV 3 - - 3 40 60 3
6 Open Elective-II 3 - - 3 40 60 3
PRACTICALS
SEMESTER – VI
22ECC22
MICROCONTROLLERS
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand architecture features of the microcontrollers
2. Learn the programming of the microcontrollers
3. Understand the interfacing of various modules with microcontrollers.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the architectures of different microcontrollers to enable to design applications using them.
2. Develop code both in assembly and in high level language for various applications of microcontrollers.
3. Analyze and develop applications by using on-chip peripherals of different microcontrollers.
4. Interface various I/O Modules with 8051 microcontrollers.
5. Apply theoretical learning to practical real time problems for automation.
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2
CO 4 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 3 3 2
CO 5 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 2 2
UNIT-I
8051 Microcontroller: Introduction to Microcontroller, Overview of 8051 family, Internal Architecture of 8051, PSW, Pin
description, I/O Ports, Memory organization and expansion. Addressing modes and Bit addressable features.
8051 Instruction set: Data transfer, Arithmetic, Logical, Program branching and bit manipulation instructions.
UNIT-II
8051 Programming: Introduction to 8051 programming development tools, basic programming using instruction set, Introduction
to 8051 C Programming, 8051 I/O Port Programming, 8051 Timer Programming in Assembly and C, 8051 Serial port Programming
in Assembly and C, 8051 Interrupt Programming in Assembly and C.
UNIT-III
8051 Interfacing: Interfacing LED, Switches, Relay and Buzzer, Interfacing Analog to Digital Converter, Sensor Interfacing,
Interfacing Digital to Analog Converter, LCD and Keyboard interfacing, Interfacing DC Motor and Stepper Motor – Direction and
Speed Control.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
ARM: Introduction to RISC Processors, ARM Design Philosophy, ARM Processor families, Architecture- Revisions, Registers,
Program status register, Pipeline, Introduction to Exceptions.
ARM Instruction set: Data processing instructions, Branch instructions, Load-Store instructions, Software interrupt instruction,
Program Status Register instructions, Loading constants, and Conditional executions. Introduction to THUMB instructions,
Differences between Thumb and ARM modes - Register usage.
UNIT-V
ARM 7 Microcontroller (LPC2148): Salient features of LPC 2148, Architectural Overview.
LPC2148 Peripherals: Description of General-purpose input/output (GPIO) ports, Pin control Block - Features, GPIO
Programming, Operation of PLL, On-chip ADC and DAC. Brief overview on I2C, SPI and Embedded application using
communication protocols.
Text Books:
1. Mazidi M.A, Mazidi JG & Rolin D. Mckinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller & Embedded Systems using Assembly and C”,
2/e, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Andrew N. Sloss, Domonic Symes, Chris Wright, “ARM System Developers Guide Designing and Optimizing system
software”, 1/e, Elsever, 2004.
Suggested Reading:
1. Ayala K.J, “The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture, Programming and Applications”, Penram International, 2007.
2. Steve Furber, “ARM System on Chip Architecture”, 2/e, Pearson education, 2000.
3. Philips semiconductors, “ARM 7 (LPC 214x) user manual”, 2005.
4. Lyla B. Das, "Architecture, Programming and Interfacing of Low-power Processors-ARM 7, Cortex-M", CENGAGE,
2017.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105102.
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105193.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC23
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION
Instruction 3L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To understand the waveguide concepts and microwave sources.
2. To familiarize the concepts related to cellular communication and its capacity.
3. To expose different Mobile communication standards.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts of waveguide and microwave sources.
2. Relate the cellular concepts like frequency reuse, hand off, coverage and capacity.
3. Analyze the mobile radio propagation with large scale and small scale fading.
4. Select the suitable diversity and equalization technique to combat the multipath fading effects.
5. Compare the mobile radio networks and standards.
Unit-I
Microwave Cavities: Concepts of circular wave guides, Rectangular and circular cavity resonators, wave impedance.
Microwave Circuits and Components: Concept of microwave hybrid circuit, Introduction to scattering parameters. Properties
and S-parameters of reciprocal components – E and H Plane Tees, Magic Tee, Directional Coupler.
Non Reciprocal Components: Ferrites – Composition and Faraday Rotation; Ferrite Components – Isolators, Gyrators and
Circulators. S- Parameters of Isolator and Circulator.
Unit-II
Microwave Tubes: Limitations of Conventional Tubes at Microwave Frequencies. Principles of Gunn Diode.
O-type tubes: Two cavity klystron, velocity modulation process, bunching process. Output power and efficiency. Reflex Klystron
operation, Power out and efficiency.
M-type tubes: Magnetron, π mode of operation, pushing and pulling effect.
TWT: Slow wave structure, principle and operation of TWT (Qualitative treatment only).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT–III
Cellular Concepts: Frequency reuse, Channel Assignment strategies, Hand off strategies. Interference and System capacity,
improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems. FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, OFDM, SDMA, Comparison of Multiple Access
Techniques.
UNIT–IV
Mobile Radio Propagation: Large Scale Fading - Free space propagation model, Three basic propagation mechanisms, Reflection,
Ground Reflection(Two-Ray)Model, Diffraction, Scattering, Practical link budget using path loss models. Small Scale Fading :
Multipath Propagation, Types of small scale fading, Parameters of Mobile Multipath channels, Fading effects due to multipath time
delay Spread and Doppler spread.
UNIT–V
Diversity Techniques and Equalization: Diversity – Types of diversity – Diversity combining techniques: Selection, Feedback,
Maximal Ratio Combining and Equal Gain Combining – Rake receiver. Equalization and types.
Mobile Radio standards: 2G GSM system overview: GSM system architecture, Frame structure for GSM, 2.5G – GPRS and
EDGE- features, need for 3G and 4G technologies, Introduction to 3G and 4G LTE, E-UMTS RAN.
Text Books:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport - Wireless Communications Principles and Practice, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press, First Edition, 2005.
Suggested Reading:
1. W.C.Y. Lee - Mobile Cellular Communications, 2nd Edition, MC Graw Hill, 1995.
2. Modern Wireless Communications-Simon Haykin, Michael Moher, Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Wireless Communications and Networking, Vijay Garg, Elsevier Publications, 2007.
4. Andreas F.Molisch - Wireless Communications John Wiley, 2nd Edition, 2006.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee82/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC24
VLSI DESIGN
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
UNIT-I
Advanced Verilog HDL: Review of behavioral modelling. Functions and tasks. Switch level Modelling, User Define
Primitives (UDP), Design of Mealy and Moore state models using Verilog, Logic Synthesis, RTL to GDS flow, Synthesis
Design flow, Gate level Netlist.
UNIT–II
IC fabrication Steps: Process steps in IC fabrication. Crystal growth and wafer preparation - Czochralski process –
apparatus silicon shaping, slicing and polishing- Diffusion, Ion implantation - Annealing process - Oxidation process -
Lithography - Photolithography, electron beam and x-ray lithography - Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) - epitaxial
growth-reactors-metallization and packaging.
UNIT–III
MOS and CMOS Circuits and Design Process: Introduction to MOS Technology, Basic MOS Transistor action:
Enhancement and Depletion Modes. Basic electrical properties of MOS, Threshold voltage and Body Effect. Design of
MOS inverters with different loads. Basic Logic Gates with CMOS: INVERTER, NAND, NOR, AOI and OAI gates.
Scaling of Technology, MOS Layers, Stick diagrams, Lambda based Design rules and Layout diagrams.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT–IV
Designing of CMOS Circuits: Sub system design Principles, Dynamic logic, BiCMOS inverer, pass transistors, Latch-up in
CMOS Circuits, Domino logic, Transmission gate logic circuits, Multiplexer and D flip flop using Transmission gates.
Design of complex circuits using AOI and OAI.
UNIT–V
Sub systems Design and Testing:
Memories: 1T, 3T Dynamic RAM Cell, 6T Static RAM Cell. NOR and NAND based ROM Memory Design.
Introduction to CPLD and FPGA.
Testing: Introduction to Testing, Fault models (stuck - at 1 and stuck - at 0). Path sensitization and D-Algorithm,
Controllability, Observability. Introduction to SoC and ASIC design.
Text Books:
1. Samir Palnitkar,“Verilog HDL:A guide to Digital design and synthesis”, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Kamran Eshraghian, Douglas A. Pucknell, Sholeh Eshraghian, “Essentials of VLSI circuits and systems”, PHI, 2011.
3. Neil HEWeste, David Harris, Ayan Banerjee, “CMOS VLSI Design–A circuit and System Perspective”, 3/e,
Pearson Education,2006.
4. Parag K Lal, “ Fault Tolerant and Fault Testable Hardware Design ” , BS Publications, 2020
5. S.M. Sze, VLSI Technology,McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edition, 1988.
Suggested Reading:
1. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital Design with Verilog HDL”, PHI, 2005.
2. John P. Uyemura, “Introduction to VLSI Circuits and systems”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. Sung-Mo Kang & Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, 1998.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108107129.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE13
CMOS DATA CONVERTERS
(Professional Elective-III)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand Op-Amp based data converter designs.
2. Explain various performance measures of Data converters.
3. Design and analyze mixed mode circuits such as Comparator, switched capacitor and sample & hold circuits.
4. Design and analyze an A/D or D/A converter circuits.
5. Apply principles of oversampling.
UNIT I
OP-Amp: OP-Amp as comparator, Charge injection error, switched capacitor basic operation and analysis, first order filter,
switched capacitor gain circuits, Sample and hold circuit-its performance.
UNIT II
Data converter : Introduction, Ideal data converter, Quantization, Static performance, Dynamic performance, frequency domain
measures.
UNIT III
Nyquist rated DAC: Decoder based converter-Resistor string converters, folded resistor string converters. Binary scaled
converter- Binary weighted converter, current-mode converter. Thermometer coded converter, Resistor capacitor hybrid
converter, Segmented converters.
UNIT IV
Nyquist rate ADC: Successive approximation converter, Algorithmic ADC, Flash converter, Two-step ADC, Interpolation
ADC, Folding ADC, Piplied ADC,Time interleaved adc.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT V
Oversampled Converter: Oversampling with and without noise shaping, system architecture of Delta- Sigma ADC, system
architecture of Delta- Sigma DAC, Digital decimation filter, band pass over sampling converter.
Text Books:
1. D.A John & Ken Martin, “Analog Integrated Circuit Design”. John Wiley Publications, Reprint 2011.
2. BehzadRazavi, “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Tata-McGraw Hill Publications, 2002.
Suggested Book:
1. Philip E. Allen & Douglas R. Holberg, “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, Oxford University Press, 2002.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106034.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE14
CODING THEORY AND TECHNIQUES
(Professional Elective-III)
Instruction 3 L Hours per week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Implementation of channel coding techniques in digital communications.
2. Know basic notions of error control coding and fundamentals of abstract algebra, finite fields and its extension.
3. Understand the mathematical structure and algorithms for RS and BCH codes.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Recall the theory and principles of information theory and channel Coding.
2. Design and analyze the encoding and decoding circuits for various coding techniques.
3. Apply the principles of abstract algebra, finite fields and its extension to design related codes.
4. Examine the error detection and correction capability of coding techniques for digital communication.
5. Evaluate the performance of error control codes using different decoding algorithms.
UNIT-I
Linear Block Codes: Introduction, generator and parity-check matrices, encoding, Syndrome decoding, Maximum Likelihood
(ML) decoding-hard decision decoding and soft decision decoding.
Binary Cyclic Codes: Description, encoding, Syndrome computation and error detection, Encoder and Syndrome generator
implementations, Introduction to LDPC Codes.
UNIT-II
Galois Fields: Fields, Binary arithmetic, Basic properties of Galois Fields, polynomials over GF (2), Construction of Galois Fields
GF(2m) from GF(2), properties of extension fields, conjugates, Minimal polynomials, Factorization of (X n+1) over a finite field.
UNIT-III
BCH Codes: Introduction, general description of BCH codes, Encoding, Decoding – Berlekamp’s algorithm, a Fast Berlekamp-
Massey algorithm.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
RS Codes: Introduction, general description of Reed-Solomon codes, encoding, decoding of Reed- Solomon codes using
Berlekamp-Massey algorithm.
UNIT V
Convolution Codes: Introduction, Encoding, State diagram, Code Tree, Code Trellis diagram, Decoding - Maximum Likelihood
(ML) Viterbi decoding - soft decision and hard decision decoding. Introduction to turbo code.
Text books:
1. Shulin and Daniel J. Costello, Jr. “Error Control Coding,” 2/e, Pearson, 2011.
2. L.H.Charles LEE “Error control block codes for Communication Engineers”, Artech, 2000.
Suggested readings:
1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4/e, Wiley, 2000.
2. K Sam Shanmugum, “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Wiley, 2005.
3. K. Deergha Rao, “Channel coding techniques for wireless communication”, spring, 2019.
4. Man Young Ree, “Error-Correcting Coding Theory”, Mc-Graw-Hill, 1/e, 1989.
5. Ranjan Bose “Information Theory Coding and Cryptography”, 3rd edition, MC-Graw Hill, 2016.
6. Todd K. Moon, “Error Correction Coding: Mathematical Methods and Algorithms”, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee95.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE15
ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING
(Professional Elective-III)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: The student should have knowledge of Probability, Linear Algebra, and Digital Signal Processing.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To understand the basics of the adaptive system.
2. To make familiar with gradient search algorithms and functions.
3. To introduce LMS & RLS algorithms.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. To understand the theory of different filters and algorithms.
2. To understand the theory of multi-rater DSP, solve numerical problems, and write algorithms.
3. To understand the theory of prediction and solution of normal equations.
4. To know applications of DSP at the block level.
5. To understand Kalman Filter theory.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
UNIT-I
Adaptive Filtering: Approaches to the development of adaptive filter theory. Introduction to filtering, smoothing and prediction.
Wiener filter theory, introduction; Error performance surface; Normal equation; Principle of orthogonality; Minimum mean
squared error.
UNIT-II
Gradient Descent: Gradient algorithms; Learning curves; LMS gradient algorithm; LMS stochastic gradient algorithms;
convergence of LMS algorithms.
UNIT-III
Adaptive Filtering Applications: Applications of adaptive filter to adaptive noise canceling, Echo cancellation in telephone
circuits and adaptive beamforming.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Adaptive Filtering Applications: Kalman Filter theory; Introduction; recursive minimum mean square estimation for scalar
random variables; statement of the Kalman filtering problem: the innovations process; Estimation of state using the innovations
process; Filtering examples.
UNIT-V
Kalman Filtering: Vector Kalman filter formulation. Examples. Application of Kalman filter to target tracking. Introduction to
Extended Kalman Filter.
Text Books:
1. Sophocles, J. Orphanidies, “Optimum signal processing an introduction”, McMillan,1985
2. Simon Haykins, “Adaptive signal processing”, PHI, 1986.
3. Bernard Widrow, “Adaptive signal processing”, PHI, 1986.
Suggested Reading:
1. Bozic, Svetozar Mile. Digital and Kalman filtering. Courier Dover Publications, 2018.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_ee138/preview.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_ee138/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE16
REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS
(Professional Elective-III)
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn about the fundamental need of Real Time operating systems.
2. Understand the concepts of different RTOS.
3. Study the Linux based target system design process.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basics of operating system, its requirements and applications.
2. Identify the basic requirements, applications and issues of real time systems.
3. Analyze process management techniques of OS.
4. Use IPCs and Memory management for the development of RTOS applications..
5. Apply the VxWorks task functions for development of application.
UNIT-I
Introduction: Introduction to Operating System: Computer Hardware Organization, BIOS and Boot Process, Multi-
threading concepts, Processes, Threads, Scheduling
UNIT-II
Basics of Real-Time Concepts: Terminology: RTOS concepts and definitions, Differences between GPOS and RTOS, real-
time design issues, examples, Hardware Considerations: logic states, CPU, memory, I/O, Architectures, RTOS building blocks,
Real-Time Kernel
UNIT-III
Process Management: Concepts, scheduling, IPC, RPC, CPU Scheduling, scheduling criteria, scheduling algorithms Threads:
Multi-threading models, threading issues, thread libraries, synchronization Mutex: creating, deleting, prioritizing mutex, mutex
internals.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Inter-Process Communication: Messages, Buffers, mailboxes, queues, semaphores, deadlock, priority inversion, pipes.
Memory Management: Process stack management, run-time buffer size, swapping, overlays, block / page management,
replacement algorithms, real-time garbage collection.
UNIT-V
Introduction to Vx Works: Salient Features, Multitasking, Task state transition, Task Control: Task Creation and Activation,
Task Stack, Task Names and IDs, Task Options, Task Information, Task Deletion and Safety, Semaphore and message queues
related functions.
Text Books:
1. 1. J. J Labrosse, “MicroC/OS-II: The Real –Time Kernel”, Newnes, 2002. 2. Jane W. S. Liu, “Real-time systems”,
Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. William Stallings, “Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles,” 7/e, Pearson Education, 2014
Suggested Reading:
1. W. Richard Stevens, “Advanced Programming in the UNIX® Environment”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education India, 2011.
2. Philips A. Laplante, “Real-Time System Design and Analysis”, 3rd Edition, John Wley& Sons, 2004 3. Doug Abbott,
“Linux for Embedded and Real-Time Applications”, Newnes, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. Wind River Systems Inc., “VxWorks Programmers Guide”, 1997.
3. Rajib Mall, “Real Time Systems”, Pearson Education, 2/e, 2007.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105214.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_cs80/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE17
SMART ANTENNAS
(Professional Elective-III)
Prerequisite: The student must have undergone the courses on Antennas, Mobile Cellular Communications, and
Digital Signal Processing.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To learn the fundamentals of non-uniform and planar antenna arrays and MIMO antenna system.
2. To learn the different types of smart antenna configuration and their importance.
3. To compare the different types of the algorithm used for DOA estimation and beamforming.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basic principles of Non-Uniform and Planar antenna arrays.
2. Comprehend the necessity of smart antenna and smart antenna configuration.
3. Understand the DOA estimation methods and compare different algorithms for DOA estimation.
4. Analyze various beamforming algorithms used in a smart antenna system.
5. Describe the fundamentals of the MIMO and RDA antenna systems.
CO 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2
CO 5 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
UNIT-I
Antenna Arrays:
Review of antenna Arrays – Non-Uniform Arrays, Binomial and Chebyshev distribution, Planar Arrays, Butler matrices,
Qualitative Treatment of Phased Antenna Arrays.
UNIT-II
Smart Antennas:
Introduction, Space Division Multiple Access, Need for Smart Antenna systems, Advantages and Disadvantages of smart antennas.
Smart Antenna Configurations: Analysis of Switched-Beam Antennas, Adaptive Antenna. Qualitative treatment of Smart Antenna
Architecture.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
DOA Estimation:
The Array Response Vector, Received Signal Model, The Subspace-Based Data Model, Signal Auto-covariance
Matrices Conventional DOA Estimation Methods: Conventional Beamforming Method and Capon’s Minimum
Variance Methods.
UNIT-IV
Beam Forming Techniques:
Introduction to Beam Forming, Classical Beam former. Statistically Optimum Beamforming Weight Vectors: The
Maximum SNR Beam former, The Multiple Side lobe Canceller and the Maximum SINR Beam former, Qualitative
Treatment of Least Mean-Square (LMS) and Recursive Least-Squares (RLS) Algorithm.
UNIT-V
MIMO and RDA:
Introduction to MIMO Antennas, Isolation, Envelope Correlation Coefficient, Total Active Reflection Coefficient. Retro
directive Array Antenna (RDA): Van Atta Array and Phase Conjugating Array.
Text Books:
1. Balanis CA, Ioannides PI, “Introduction to Smart Antennas”, Morgan & Claypool Publishers; 2007.
2. Gross F, “Smart antennas for wireless communications”, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2005.
3. Luo Q, Gao SS, Liu W, Gu C. “Low-cost smart antennas”, John Wiley & Sons; 2019.
Suggested Reading:
1. Godara LC, “Smart antennas” CRC press; 2004.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117107035.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE18
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY
(Professional Elective-III)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Provide conceptual understanding of basic concepts of cryptography.
2. Describes the Blockchain technology and its applications.
3. Introduce cryptocurrency transactions using Blockchain technology.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Comprehend the key concepts of fundamental cryptography techniques which are required for Blockchain Technology.
2. Describe the key concepts and compare various models of Blockchain Technology.
3. Understand consensus mechanism in Blockchain and acquire knowledge regarding Bitcoin cryptocurrency transactions
and their validation.
4. Analyze the concepts and technologies for Ethereum and Hyperledger blockchains.
5. Apply the concepts of Blockchain technology in real world scenario.
UNIT-I
Overview of Cryptography: Introduction to Cryptography, History and development of cryptography, Cryptanalysis, Private Key
Cryptography: Classical cryptosystems: shift, substitution and Vigenere ciphers; Attacks on shift, substitution and Vigenere
ciphers, designing a provably secure system: One -Time pads. Introduction to DES, AES Cryptosystems.
Public Key Cryptography: RSA Algorithm, Elliptical Curve Cryptography.
UNIT-II
Introduction to client-server architecture, distributed computing and decentralized systems.
Basic Crypto Primitives: Cryptographic Hash Function, Properties of a hash function, Hash pointer and Merkle tree, Digital
Signature. A basic Cryptocurrency and example.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Introduction to Blockchain Technology: Evolution of Blockchain and how it is changing the landscape of digitalization, Block
in a Blockchain, Working principles of blockchain technology. Types of Blockchain: Public, Private and Consortium, Public
Ledgers, Transactions in blockchain, Mining Mechanism, Consensus.
UNIT-III
Introduction to digital wallet and types of wallets: Paper, Desktop, mobile and Meta mask/Browser based wallets.
Introduction to Bitcoin Blockchain: Working with Consensus in Bitcoin: The Byzantine Generals Problem, Distributed
consensus in open environments, Consensus in a Bitcoin network, Proof of Work (PoW), Hashcash PoW, Bitcoin PoW, Attacks
on PoW and the monopoly problem. Proof of Stake, Proof of Burn and Proof of Elapsed Time, Bitcoin Transaction, The life of a
Bitcoin Miner, Mining Difficulty, Mining Pool.
UNIT-IV
Introduction to Ethereum: Bitcoin versus Ethereum, Ethereum and Smart Contracts, Ethereum stack, Turing Completeness of
Smart Contract Languages and verifications, using smart contracts to enforce legal contracts, Ethereum transactions and accounts,
Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM), Decentralized Apps (DApps), The cryptocurrency Ether, Concept of Gas in Ethereum.
Introduction to Hyperledger, Modular architecture of Hyperledger, Introduction to Truffle.
UNIT-V
Applications: Blockchain Applications in Healthcare, Finance and banking, Real estate, Retail, Supply chain and logistics,
Insurance, Voting and governance. Blockchain Technologies for IoT, Supply Chain Management in Agriculture using Blockchain
and IoT.
Text Books:
1. Paar Christof, Pelzl Jan, "Understanding Cryptography A Textbook for Students and Practitioners", Springer, 2010.
2. Joseph J. Bambara, Paul R. Allen, “Blockchain A Practical Guide to Developing Business, Law, and Technology
Solutions”, 1st Edition, Mc. Graw Hill, 2018.
3. Daniel Drescher, “Block Chain Basics”, Apress; 1st Edition, 2017.
4. Shiho Kim, Ganesh Chandra Deka, "Advanced Applications of Blockchain Technology", Springer, 2020.
Suggested Reading:
1. Imran Bashir, “Mastering Block Chain: Distributed Ledger Technology, Decentralization and Smart Contracts
Explained”, Packt Publishing, 2018.
2. Ritesh Modi, “Solidity Programming Essentials: A Beginner’s Guide to Build Smart Contracts for Ethereum and Block
Chain”, Packt Publishing, 2018.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105235.
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105162.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE19
CPLD AND FPGA ARCHITECTURES
(Professional Elective-IV)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Study various PLD, CPLDs and FPGA Architectures and its features.
2. Understand the different programming technologies, placement and routing.
3. Study the design tools for FPGA and ASICs.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the concepts of PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs.
2. Analyze and compare the various architectures of CPLD and FPGA and its programming technologies.
3. Implement various logic functions on PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs.
4. Understand the concepts of placement and routing and classifying ASICs.
5. Demonstrate VLSI tool flow for CPLDs and FPGAs.
UNIT-I
Review of Logic Design: Implementation of logic functions with multiplexers.
Programmable Logic Devices: Architectures of PROM, PLA and PAL. Implementation of MSI circuits using Programmable
Logic Devices.
UNIT-II
Complex Programmable Logic Devices: Introduction to CPLD Architecture of CPLD. Logic Block, I/O Block, Interconnect
matrix, and features of Altera max 7000 series, AMD Mach 4 and Xilinx XC-9500 CPLD.
UNIT-III
Xilinx FPGAs: Introduction to FPGA, FPGA Programming Technologies. Architecture, Logic Blocks, I/O Block, Routing
Architecture and features of Xilinx XC-4000, SPARTAN-II, Virtex-II and salient features of Virtex VII devices, Zynq and Artix-
7.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Actel and Altera FPGAs: Anti-Fuse Programmed FPGAs: Introduction, Architecture of Actel's Act1, Act2, and Act3 FPGAs.
Designing of logic circuits with the ACT devices. Logic Block, I/O Block, Routing Architecture and features of Altera’s Flex
10000 series FPGA.
UNIT-V
Digital Design Flow: Digital design tools for FPGAs. Digital design flow for CPLDs and FPGAs. Importance of Placement and
Routing, Introduction to ASICs: Semi-Custom and Full-Custom ASICs.
Text books:
1. S. Trimberger, Edr, “Field Programmable Gate Array Technology”, Springer Pub., 2011.
2. Ronald J . Tocci, Neal S. Widmer, Gregory L. Moss “Digital Systems”, 10/e, Pearson academic press 2011.
3. P.K.Chan& S. Mourad, “Digital Design Using Field Programmable Gate Array”, PHI, 1994.
Suggested Reading:
1. S. Brown, R.J.Francis, J.Rose, Z.G.Vranesic, “Field programmable gate array”, BSP, 2007.
2. Altera, AMD, Actel, “Manuals Xilinx”, 2015.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/117/108/117108040.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE20
RADAR AND SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
(Professional Elective-IV)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To understand principle and operation of different radar systems.
2. To understand the orbital aspects of satellite communication.
3. Study the satellite links and earth stations.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Examine the principles of operation of pulse, CW and MTI radar system.
2. Compare different types of tracking radars.
3. Demonstrate the fundamental concepts of Orbital Aspects and Orbital Mechanics.
4. Identify the mechanisms for placing satellites and examine the orbital effects on satellites, launch mechanisms.
5. Design an appropriate satellite communication link for the given specifications.
UNIT-I
Radar Systems: Introduction to radar, radar block diagram, and operation, radar frequencies, Applications of radar, Radar range
Equation, Prediction of range performance, minimum detectable signal, receiver noise, probability density function, SNR,
Integration of radar pulses, radar cross-section of targets, PRF and range ambiguities, transmitter power, system losses.
UNIT-II
Radar Types: Doppler effect, CW radar, FM CW radar, multiple frequencies CW radar. MTI radar, delay line canceller, range-
gated MTI radar, blind speeds, staggered PRF. Principles of Tracking radar. Concepts of SAR and its applications.
Fundamentals of EMI and EMC, Surveillance Radar, Applications and Advantages. Introduction to Electronic warfare: ECM and
ECCM.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
INTRODUCTION AND ORBITAL ASPECTS OF SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS : Introduction to Satellite
Communication: Brief history of satellite communications, satellite services, frequency allocations, basic communication satellite
system – earth segment and satellite segment, advantages and applications of satellite communications, salient features of Indian
communication satellites. Geo-synchronous and Geo-stationary orbits. Orbital Mechanics: Kepler’s laws, describing the orbit of
a satellite, locating the satellite in the orbit and with respect to earth.
UNIT–IV
Look Angle Determination: sub-satellite point, elevation and azimuth angle calculations, visibility test.
Orbital Perturbations: Longitudinal changes and inclination changes.
Orbital Effects on Communication System Performance
Launches and Launch Vehicles: Launch vehicles, placing satellites into geo-stationary orbit.
UNIT–V
Satellite Sub Systems: Introduction, attitude and orbit control system, Telemetry, tracking, command and monitoring, Power
Systems, Communication Subsystems, Satellite antennas.
Satellite Link Design: Basic transmission theory, system noise temperature and G/T ratio – noise temperature, calculation of
system noise temperature, noise figure and noise temperature, design of down link, uplink design, design for specified C/N –
combining C/N and C/I values, overall (C/N) 0 with uplink and downlink attenuation, attenuation in rain, uplink attenuation and
(C/N)up, downlink attenuation and (C/N)dl, satellite communication link design procedure.
Text Books:
1. Merril. I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, 2/e, MGH, 2001.
2. T Pratt and W Bostiain - Satellite Communications, 2nd Edition, John Wiley, 2003.
3. Dennis Roddy, Satellite communications, McGraw Hill, 4 th Edition, 2009.
4. DC Agarwal, Satellite Communications, Khanna Publishers, 2003 Robert M Gagliard, Satellite.
Suggested Reading:
1. Introduction to Radar Systems – Merrill I. Skolnik, SECOND EDITION, McGraw-Hill, 1981.
2. M. Richharia, “Satellite Communication Systems: Design Principles”, McGraw Hill, 2/e, 2003.
3. Gagliardi Robert M, “Satellite Communications”, 2/e, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1991.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/117/107/108107107.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE21
IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING
(Professional Elective-IV)
Instruction 3 L Hours per week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To introduce the basic concepts and methodologies involved in image and video processing.
2. To understand the fundamentals of image compression.
3. To provide a conceptual foundation that can be used as a basis for further study and research in this field.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to
1. To learn image representation.
2. Apply Image enhancement and segmentation techniques both in spatial and frequency domain.
3. To reduce the redundancy in both lossy and lossless compression models.
4. Apply 2D-Motion estimation algorithms and develop predictive coding.
5. Creatively apply contemporary theories, processes and tools in the development and evolution of solutions to problems
related to image and video processing.
UNIT-I
Fundamentals of Image Processing:
Basic steps of Image Processing System, Sampling and Quantization of an image, Basic relationship between pixels. Image
Transforms: 2 – D Discrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT), Discrete Wavelet transforms.
UNIT-II
Image Enhancement:
Spatial domain methods: Histogram processing, Fundamentals of Spatial filtering, Smoothing spatial filters, Sharpening spatial
filters.
Frequency domain methods: Basics of filtering in frequency domain, image smoothing, image sharpening.
Image Segmentation: Segmentation concepts, point, line and Edge detection, Thresholding, region based segmentation.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
Image Compression: Image compression fundamentals - Coding Redundancy, Spatial and Temporal redundancy, Compression
models: Lossy & Lossless, Arithmetic coding, Run length coding, Bit plane coding, Transform coding, Predictive coding, Wavelet
coding.
UNIT-IV
Basic concepts of Video Processing:
Analog Video, Digital Video. Time-Varying Image Formation models: 3D motion models, Geometric Image formation,
Photometric Image formation, Sampling of Video signals, Filtering operations.
UNIT-V
2-D Motion Estimation:
Optical flow, General Methodologies, Pixel Based Motion Estimation, Block- Matching Algorithm, Mesh based Motion
Estimation, Global Motion Estimation, Region based Motion Estimation, Multi resolution motion estimation, Waveform based
coding, Block based transform coding, Predictive coding, Application of motion estimation in Video coding.
Text books:
1. Gonzaleze and Woods, Digital Image Processing, 4th ed., Pearson, 2018.
2. Yao Wang, Joem Ostermann and Ya–quin Zhang, Video processing and communication, 1 st Ed., PH Int. 2001.
Suggested Reading:
1. M. Tekalp, Digital Video Processing, Prentice Hall International, 1995.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105135.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE22
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(Professional Elective - IV)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn about fundamentals of the embedded systems.
2. Understand the hardware and software details of the embedded systems.
3. Acquire knowledge on the serial, parallel and network communication protocols.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the fundamentals of the embedded systems.
2. Analyze the hardware and software details of the embedded systems.
3. Design interfacing of the systems with other data handling / processing systems.
4. Evaluate the performance of an embedded system using various debugging tools.
5. Apply the embedded design approach for various applications.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Embedded Systems: Embedded systems versus General Computing Systems, History of embedded systems,
classifications, applications areas, characteristics and quality attributes of embedded systems, Design metrics and challenges in
embedded system design.
UNIT-II
Embedded Hardware and Software: Processor embedded into a system, Processor selection for embedded system, embedded
hardware units and devices in a system, embedded software in a system and an overview of programming languages, challenges
and issues related to embedded software development.
UNIT-III
Communication Protocols: I2C, CAN, Firewire-IEEE 1394 Bus standard, advanced serial high-speed buses. Parallel Bus device
protocols: ISA, PCI, PCI-X, Internet Enabled Systems-Network protocols: Ethernet.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Embedded Software Development Process: Embedded System design and co-design issues in system development process,
Design cycle in the development phase for an Embedded Systems. Embedded software development tools: Host and Target
Machines, Linker/Locators for embedded software, Embedded Software into the Target system. Issues in hardware and software
design and co-design.
UNIT-V
Testing, Debugging Techniques and Applications: Integration and testing of embedded hardware, testing methods, debugging
techniques, Laboratory tools and target hardware debugging: Logic Analyzer, simulator, emulator and In-circuit emulator, IDE
Case Study: Embedded Systems design for automobiles, and automated meter reading system.
Text Books:
1. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems-Architecture, Programming and Design”,3/e, McGraw Hill Education,2017.
2. J.W. Valvano, “Embedded Microcomputer System: Real Time Interfacing”, Brooks/Cole, 2011.
Suggested Reading:
1. Shibu K V, “Introduction to Embedded systems”, 1/e McGraw Hill Education,2009.
2. David Simon, “An Embedded software primer”, Pearson Education,2002.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102045.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE23
GREEN COMMUNICATION
(Professional Elective - IV)
Course Objectives:
This course aims:
1. To learn the importance of energy conservation in green wireless communication system.
2. To compare the different types of energy reduction techniques for different traffic scenarios.
3. To inculcate the different green concepts for designing the energy efficient next generation wireless networks.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the challenges in energy efficiency and spectral efficiency for digital data transmission.
2. Conceptualize significant energy efficiency trade off in green wireless networks.
3. Discuss the methods to manage the dynamic loads of mobile communications for energy saving.
4. Indicate the design practices for power minimization at cellular base station.
5. Practice cell deployment strategies for efficient network management.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1
CO2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO4 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO5 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
UNIT-I
Introduction to Green Wireless Communications:
Introduction, Effective Capacity and Energy Per Information Bit, Variable-Rate/Variable- Power and Variable-Rate/Fixed-
Power Transmissions, Fixed-Rate /
Fixed-Power Transmissions - Transmissions over Imperfectly-Known Wireless Channels, Energy Efficiency in the Low-
Power Regime - Energy Efficiency in the Wideband Regime.
UNIT-II
Energy Efficiency-Spectral Efficiency Trade-off in Cellular Systems:
Spectral Efficiency, Energy Efficiency, Energy Efficiency-Spectral Efficiency Trade-Off, Idealistic vs. Realistic Power
Consumption Model, MIMO vs. SISO: An Energy Efficiency Analysis, Power Model Implications.
UNIT-III
Energy Savings for Mobile Communication Networks through Dynamic Spectrum and Traffic Load Management:
Dynamic Spectrum and Traffic Load Management, Power Saving by Dynamically Powering Down Radio Network
Equipment, Power Saving by Propagation Improvement, Power Saving by Channel Bandwidth Increase or Better Balancing,
Performance Assessment, Power Saving by Propagation Improvement.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT–IV
Minimizing Power Consumption to Achieve More Efficient Green Cellular Radio Base Station Designs:
Explosive Traffic Growth, Cellular Scenarios, Energy Metrics, Energy Reduction Techniques for High Traffic Load
Scenarios, Energy Reduction Techniques for Low Traffic Load Scenarios, Other Energy Reduction Techniques.
UNIT–V
Green Wireless Access Networks:
Energy Efficiency and Network Technologies, Cell Deployment Strategies, Relaying Techniques, Base Station Coordination
and Cooperation, Adaptive Network Reconfiguration, Radio Resource Management, Future Architectures, Green Ad Hoc
and Sensor Networks, Energy Harvesting Techniques.
Text Books:
1. Jinsong Wu, Sundeep Rangan and Honggang Zhang, “Green Communications: Theoretical Fundamentals, Algorithms
and Applications”, CRC Press, 2016.
2. F. Richard Yu, Xi Zhang, Victor C.M. Leung “Green Communications and Networking”, CRC Press, 2012.
Suggested Reading:
1. Ekram Hossain, Vijay Bhargava K and Gerhard Fettweis P, “Green Radio Communication Networks”, Cambridge
University Press, New York, 2012.
2. Mazin Al Noor, “Green Radio Communication Networks Applying Radio-Over-Fiber Technology for Wireless
Access”, GRINVerlag, 2012.
3. Mohammad Obaidat S, Alagan Anpalagan and Isaac Woungang, “Handbook of Green Information and
Communication Systems”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2012.
4. Ramjee Prasad, Shingo Ohmori and Dina Simunic, “Towards Green ICT”, River Publishers, 2010.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE24
DATA ANALYTICS FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING
(Professional Elective - IV)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand the basics of Managing Data, Analytics performed and extrapolate the information.
2. Familiarize the students with the applications of data analytics with signal processing application such as object
segmentation.
3. Learning the way to visualize the Data.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the impact of data analytics for signal Processing.
2. Carry out data analysis/statistical analysis.
3. To carry out standard data visualization and formal inference procedures.
4. Design a Data Architecture.
5. Understand various Data Sources.
UNIT-I
Data Management: Data Analytics Overview - Importance of Data Analytics - Types of Data Analytics - Descriptive
Analytics - Diagnostic Analytics - Predictive Analytics - Prescriptive Analytics - Benefits of Data Analytics - Data
Visualization for Decision Making - Data Types, Measure Of central tendency, Measures of Dispersion - Graphical
Techniques, Skewness & Kurtosis, Box Plot - Descriptive Stats - Sampling Funnel, Sampling Variation, Central Limit
Theorem, Confidence interval
UNIT-II
Data Analytics: Introduction to Analytics, Introduction to Tools and Environment, Application of Modeling in Business,
Databases & Types of Data and variables, Data Modeling Techniques, Missing Imputations etc. Need for signal processing.
UNIT-III
Regression: Concepts, Blue property assumptions, Least Square Estimation, Variable Rationalization, and Model Building etc.
Logistic Regression: Model Theory, Model fit Statistics, Model Construction, Analytics applications to various Business
Domains etc.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Object Segmentation: Regression Vs Segmentation – Supervised and Unsupervised Learning, Tree Building – Regression,
Classification, Overfitting, Pruning and Complexity, Multiple Decision Trees etc. Time Series Methods: Arima, Measures of
Forecast Accuracy, STL approach, Extract features from generated model as Height, Average Energy etc and Analyze for
prediction
UNIT-V
Data Visualization: Pixel-Oriented Visualization Techniques, Geometric Projection Visualization Techniques, Icon-Based
Visualization Techniques, Hierarchical Visualization Techniques, Visualizing Complex Data and Relations.
Text Books:
1. Student’s Handbook for Associate Analytics – II, III.
2. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Han, Kamber, 3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.
Suggested Reading:
1. Introduction to Data Mining, Tan, Steinbach and Kumar, Addision Wisley, 2006.
2. Data Mining Analysis and Concepts, M. Zaki and W. Meira
3. Mining of Massive Datasets, Jure Leskovec Stanford Univ. Anand Rajaraman Milliway Labs Jeffrey D Ullman Stanford
Univ.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22BTO01
BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS
(Open Elective – II)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisites: The school level basic knowledge in Fundamental science is required
UNIT-I
Introduction to Biology: Classical Vs Modern Biology; Importance of Biological Science and Historical developments; Origin of
Life, Urey Miller Experiment, Spontaneous Generation Theory; Three Domains of Life; Principle and Applications of Microscope
(Light and Electron Microscope), Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Cell- Structure and their differences.
UNIT-II
Human Anatomy and Functions-I: Human organ systems and their functions; Skeletal System-Bones, Tendon, Ligaments,
principle and applications in knee replacement; Nervous System - Structure of Brain, Spinal Cord, Neuron, Neurotransmitters,
Synapse, Alzheimer’s - a case study, principle and applications of Imaging Techniques (CT & MRI scans); Circulatory System -
Heart structure and functions, principle and applications of cardiac devices (Stent and Pacemaker), Artificial heart, blood
components and typing, haemocytometer.
UNIT-III
Human Anatomy and Functions-II: Respiratory Systems - Lung structure and function, principle and applications of Peak Flow
Meter, ECMO (Extra Corporeal Membrane Oxygenation); Excretory Systems-Kidney structure and function, principle and
applications of Dialysis; Prenatal diagnosis; Assisted reproductive techniques- IVF, Surrogacy.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Medical Biotechnology and Bioremediation: Cells of Immune System, Etiology of cancer, Cancer treatment (Radiation
Therapy); Stem Cells and its Clinical applications; Scaffolds and 3D printing of organs; Bio sensors and their applications; Parts
of bioreactor and its types; Bioremediation.
UNIT - V
Bioinformatics: Nucleic acid composition, Genetic Code, Amino acid, Polypeptide, Levels of protein structure, Homolog,
Ortholog and Paralog, Phylogenetics, Genome Sequencing, Human Genome Project, Next generation sequencing.
Text Books:
1. Champbell, N.A., Reece, J.B., Urry, Lisa, Cain, M,L., Wasserman, S.A., Minorsky, P.V., Jackson, R.B., “Biology: A
global approach”, Pearson Education Ltd, Edition 11, 2017.
2. Shier, David, Butler, Jackie, Lewis, Ricki., “Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology”., McGraw Hill 2012.
Suggested Reading:
1. Bernard R. Glick, T. L. Delovitch, Cheryl L. Patten, “Medical Biotechnology”, ASM Press, 2014.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MEO01
Prerequisite: Nil
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Create awareness of design thinking approaches.
2. Identify a systematic approach for defining/identifying a problem.
3. Create design thinking teams and conduct design thinking sessions collaboratively.
4. Apply both critical thinking and design thinking in parallel to solve problems.
5. Motivate to apply design thinking concepts to their real life scenarios.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students are able to:
1. Understand design thinking and its phases as a tool of innovation.
2. Empathize on the needs of the users.
3. Define the problems for stimulating ideation.
4. Ideate on problems to propose solutions by working as a design thinking team.
5. Prototype and test the proposed solutions focusing on local or global societal problems.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO 3 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 3
CO 4 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3
CO 5 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Introduction to Engineering & Thinking: Engineering for social and economic development; impact of science/engineering.
Thinking and behaviour; Types of thinking – Linear thinking, lateral thinking, systems thinking, design thinking.
Introduction to Design Thinking: Importance of Design Thinking & Human centric approach – Phases in design thinking process,
five-stage model as iterative method, applications of design thinking in various domains.
UNIT – II
Empathize phase: Understanding the unique needs of the user, empathize with the users, steps in empathize phase, developing
empathy towards people, assuming a beginner’s mind-set (what? why?), steps in immersion activity, body storming; Case studies.
UNIT – III
Define phase: Define the problem and interpret the result, analysis and synthesis, Personas – Four different perspectives on
Personas, steps to creating personas, problem statement, affinity diagrams, empathy mapping; Point of View – “How might we”
questions, Why-how laddering; Case studies.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT – IV
Ideation phase: What is ideation, need, uses, ideation methods; Brainstorming, rules for brainstorming; Mind maps, guidelines to
create mind maps; Ideation games; Six Thinking Hats; Doodling, use of doodling in expressing creative ideas; Case studies.
UNIT – V
Prototyping phase: Types of prototyping, guidelines for prototyping, storytelling, characteristics of good stories, reaching users
through stories, importance of prototyping in design thinking; Value proposition, guidelines to write value proposition; Case
studies.
Testing phase: Necessity to test, user feedback, conducting a user test, guidelines for planning a test, how to test, desirable, feasible
and viable solutions, iterate phase.
Text Books:
1. Tim Brown, Change by Design: How Design Thinking Transforms Organizations and Inspires, 1st Edition, HarperCollins,
2009.
2. Michael Luchs, Scott Swan, Abbie Griffin, Design thinking: New product development essentials from the PDMA. John
Wiley & Sons, 2015.
3. Pavan Soni, Design Your Thinking: The Mindsets, Toolsets and Skill Sets for Creative Problem-solv ing, Penguin Random
House India Private Limited, 2020.
Suggested Reading:
1. Jeanne Liedtka, Andrew King, Kevin Bennett, Solving problems with design thinking: Ten stories of what works. Columbia
University Press, 2013.
2. Bala Ramadurai, Karmic Design Thinking - A Buddhism-Inspired Method to Help Create Human-Centered Products &
Services, Edition 1, 2020.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MTO01
FUNDAMENTALS OF QUANTUM COMPUTING
(Open Elective – II)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
1. To learn basic mathematical Concept for Quantum Computing.
2. To understand the evaluation of the quantum bits. & building blocks.
3. To know the basics of Quantum logic gates and circuits.
4. To learn Quantum Algorithms by various Techniques.
5. To introduce fundamental of Quantum cryptography
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Compute basic mathematical operations on Quantum bits.
2. Solve Quantum operations.
3. Apply quantum Logical gates and circuits.
4. Implement quantum algorithm.
5. Implement Cryptography in Quantum.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 2
CO 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO 5 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2 3
UNIT-I:
Math Foundation for Quantum Computing:
Introduction to Vector Space, Subspaces, Linear Independent and dependent Vectors, Basis and Finite Dimensions.
Orthogonality of Vectors, Inner product and Outer product of Hilbert Spaces. Unitary operators and projections, Eigenvalues
and Eigenvectors. Introduction to GCD and Congruence.
UNIT-II:
Introduction to Quantum Computing:
Quantum Mechanics (Huygens wave theory, Photo electric effect De-Broglie hypothesis and Heisenberg’s uncertainty
Principle), Origin of Quantum Computing, Qubits and multi-qubits states, Bra-ket notation, Quantum Superposition
Motivation for Studying QuantumComputing, Major players in the industry (IBM, Microsoft, Rigetti, D-Wave). Block sphere
representations, Multi-qubits, Inner and outer product of Multiple of qubits, Tensor product.
UNIT-III:
Quantum Logical gates and Circuits:
Single Qubit gates: Pauli, Hadamard, Phase shift, Controlled gates: C-NOT, CCNOT. Quantum Entanglement, Quantum
Teleportation (EPR Model) and Bell State, Introduction to Discrete Fourier transform.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Quantum Algorithms:
Quantum Fourier Transform, Quantum Phase estimation, Major Algorithms: Shor’s Algorithm, Grover’s Algorithm, Deutsch’s
Algorithm, Deutsch-Jozsa Algorithm.
UNIT-V:
Quantum Cryptography:
Public and private key Cryptography, Quantum key distribution, Quantum Cryptography, Experimental implementation of
quantum cryptography protocols.
Text Books:
1. Michael A. Nielsen, “Quantum Computation and Quantum Information”, Cambridge University Press.
2. David McMahon, “Quantum Computing Explained”, Wiley .
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CSO02
INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
(Open Elective – II)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn data models, conceptualize and depict a database system using E-R diagrams.
2. Understand the internal storage structures in a physical DB design.
3. Learn the fundamental concepts of transaction processing techniques.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of database and design using ER model.
2. Apply SQL to find solutions to basic queries.
3. Identify the inference rules for functional dependencies and apply the principles of normal forms to decompose the
relations in a database.
4. Understand the concepts like data storage, indexing and transaction processing.
5. Analyze concurrency control and recovery mechanisms.
UNIT - I
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of Data, Database Languages, Database Users
and Administrators Database System Architecture, Application Architectures.
Database Design and E-R Model: Basic concepts, Constraints, E-R Diagrams, E-R Design Issues, Extended E-R Features,
Specialization and Generalization.
UNIT - II
Relational Model: Structure of Relational Databases, Database Schema, Keys.
Structured Query Language: Overviews, SQL Data Types, SQL Queries, Data Manipulation Language Set Operations,
Aggregate Functions, Data Definition Language, Integrity Constraints, Null Values, Views, Join Expression.
UNIT - III
Relational Database Design: Undesirable Properties in Relational Database Design, Functional Dependencies, Trivial and
Nontrivial Dependencies, Closure of Set of Functional Dependencies, Closure of Set of Attributes, Irreducible Set of Functional
Dependencies, Normalization – 1NF, 2NF, and 3NF, Dependency Preservation, BCNF, Comparison of BCNF and 3NF.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - IV
Indexing: Basic concepts, Dense and Sparse Indices, Secondary Indices, Tree-Structured Indexing, Indexed Sequential Access
Method (ISAM), B+ Tree Index Files.
Transaction Management: Transaction Concept – ACID Properties, States of Transaction, Implementation of Atomicity and
Durability, Serializability, Recoverability.
UNIT - V
Concurrency Control: Introduction, Lock-Based Protocols, Timestamp-Based Protocols.
Deadlocks Handling: Deadlock Detection and Prevention.
Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage Structure, Recovery and Atomicity, Log-Based Recovery.
Text Books:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth, S Sudarshan, “Database System Concepts”, Sixth Edition, McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 2011.
2. Date CJ, Kannan A, Swamynathan S, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Eight Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
Suggested Reading:
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan, JohnnesGehrke, “Database Management Systems”, Third Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Ramez Elmasri, Durvasul VLN Somayazulu, Shamkant B Navathe, Shyam K Gupta, “Fundamentals of Database
Systems”, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CIO04
FUNDAMENTALS OF AR AND VR
(Open Elective – II )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Pre-Requisites:
Basic knowledge on computer hardware and software components.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn a ton about virtual and augmented reality; get familiar with the latest technology and software.
2. Virtual reality in different object & applications.
3. To understand key elements of virtual Reality with the components in VR systems.
4. To gain knowledge of various input and output devices required for interacting in virtual world along with rendering
and modelling.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. Understand the components of the virtual reality system.
2. Describe various input and output devices used for virtual reality.
3. Apply the different modelling concepts to visual virtualization.
4. Understand the concepts of the augmented reality system.
5. Analyse the performance of given simple applications related to virtual reality.
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
Unit – I
Introduction to Augmented and Virtual Reality-: AR- VR, Understanding Virtual Space- Defining Visual Space and
Content- Defining Position and Orientation in Three Dimensions- Navigation.
The Understanding the Human Senses and Their Relationship to Output/Input Devices- - The Mechanics of Sight - The
Visual Pathway - Spatial Vision and Depth Cues.
Unit – II
Component Technologies of Head-Mounted Displays- Display Fundamentals- Related Terminology and Concepts-
Optical Architectures. Augmenting Displays- Binocular Augmenting Displays- Monocular Augmenting Displays. Fully
Immersive Displays - PC-Console Driven Displays- Smartphone-Based Displays- CAVES and Walls -Hemispheres and
Domes.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Unit – III
The Mechanics of Hearing: -Defining Sound -The Auditory Pathway-Sound Cues and 3D Localization-The Vestibular
System. Audio Displays-Conventional Audio- The Mechanics of Feeling- The Science of Feeling -Anatomy and
Composition of the Skin.
Unit – IV
Tactile and Force Feedback Devices: -Haptic Illusions -Tactile Feedback Devices- Force Feedback Devices-Sensors
for Tracking Position, Orientation, and Motion -Introduction to Sensor Technologies- Optical Trackers - Beacon Trackers
- Electromagnetic Trackers - Inertial Sensors- Acoustic Sensors. Devices to Enable Navigation and Interaction: -2D
Versus 3D Interaction and Navigation -The Importance of a Manual Interface - Hand and Gesture Tracking Gloves-
Whole Body Tracking - Gaming and Entertainment Interfaces.
Unit – V
Applications of Augmented and Virtual Reality: Gaming and Entertainment - Virtual Reality and the Arts- Immersive
Video/Cinematic Virtual Reality- Health and Medicine -Advancing the Field of Medicine- Training Applications-
Treatment Applications. Aerospace and Défense:- Flight Simulation and Training- Mission Planning and Rehearsal-
Dismounted Soldier Situational Awareness- Advanced Cockpit Avionics- Space Operations. Education - Tangible Skills
Education- Theory, Knowledge Acquisition, and Concept Formation.
Text Books:
1. Practical Augmented Reality: A Guide to the Technologies, Applications, and Human Factors for AR and VR,
by Steve Aukstakalnis, Released September 2016, Publisher(s): Addison-Wesley Professional, ISBN:
9780134094328
Reference Books:
1. Virtual Reality Systems, John Vince, Pearson Education.
2. Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition, Gregory C. Burdea & Philippe Coiffet, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
3. Understanding Virtual Reality, interface, Application and Design, William R.Sherman, Alan Craig, Elsevier
(Morgan Kaufmann).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ADO03
FREE AND OPEN – SOURCE SOFTWARES
(Open Elective – II)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To be exposed to the context and operation of free and open source software (FOSS) communities and associated software
projects.
2. To be familiar with participating in a FOSS project.
3. To get acquaintance of Programming Tools and Techniques.
4. To learn the language Perl.
5. To Learn Open Source Software Development.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Differentiate between various open-source software licensing models, including Free Software Movement and Open-Source
Movement.
2. Demonstrate proficiency in Linux installation, including configuring hardware and managing the boot process using tools
like LILO and GRUB.
3. Create and execute Bash shell scripts, manipulate variables and input, and utilize control structures effectively.
4. Assess and select appropriate design tools like Argo UML, version control systems.
5. Configure and manage MySQL servers, work with MySQL databases and tables.
UNIT-I
OPEN-SOURCE SOFTWARE OVERVIEW:
Introduction, Need and Advantage of Open-Source Software, FOSS, Free Software Movement, Open-Source Movement, Open
Source Licensing Certification, OSS Development Model, Run a Free Software Project, Comparing OSS with other Software-OSS
Licenses
UNIT-II
LINUX:
Linux Installation and Hardware Configuration, Boot Process-The Linux Loader (LILO), The Grand Unified Bootloader (GRUB),
Dual-Booting Linux and other Operating System Options, X Windows System Configuration, System Administration, Backup and
Restore Procedures, Strategies for Keeping a Secure Server.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
SHELL PROGRAMMING:
Bash Shell Scripting, Executing Script, Working with Variables and Input, Using Control Structures, Handling signals, creating
functions, working sed and gawk, working with web using shell script: Downloading web page, Converting Web page content to
a text file, parsing data, working cURL.
UNIT-IV
PROGRAMMING TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES:
Usage of Design Tools Like Argo UML or Equivalent - Version Control Systems Like Git or Equivalent – Bug Tracking Systems-
Package Management Systems.
UNIT-V
OPEN SOURCE DATABASE AND APPLICATIONS:
MySQL: Configuring MySQL Server, working with MySQL Databases, MySQL Tables, SQL Commands – INSERT, SELECT,
UPDATE, REPLACE, DELETE. Date and Time functions in MySQL. PHP – MySQL Application Development: Connecting to
MySQL with PHP, Inserting data with PHP, Retrieving data with PHP.
Text Books:
1. Prof. Dayan and Ambawade, Deven Shah, “Linux Labs And Open Source Technologies” , Dream Tech
Press, 2014.
2. Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Trent R. Hein, Ben Whaley and Dan Mackin , “UNIX and Linux System Administration
Handbook “, 5th Edition, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2017.
3. Julie C Meloni, “PHP, MySQL and Apache”, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
Suggested Reading:
1. Ellen Siever, Stephen Figgins, Robert Love, Arnold Robbins, "Linux in a Nutshell", Sixth Edition, OReilly Media,
2009.
2. Tom Phoenix, Randal Schwartz, Brian Foy "Learning Perl" , 6th Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2011.
3. Wale Soyinka, Linux Administration- A beginner’s Guide, Tata McGraw Hills, 2012
4. Fadi P. Deek and James A. M. McHugh, Open Source Technology and Policy, Cambridge University Press, 2007
5. Andrew M. St. Laurent, “Understanding Open Source and Free Software Licensing”, O'Reilly Media, 2004.
6. Ellen Siever, Stephen Figgins, Robert Love, Arnold Robbins, “Linux in a Nutshell”, Sixth Edition, Oreilly Media, 2009
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC25
MICROCONTROLLERS LAB
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Develop and understand the 8051 and ARM7 C programming.
2. Understand the usage of Integrated Development Environment (Keil)
3. Control the operation of various peripherals using 8051 and ARM7 microcontroller.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Develop the programs of 8051 and ARM using their respective instruction set.
2. Understand the usage of various debugging tools available to program different microcontrollers.
3. Build code for 8051 and ARM7 to interface various input/output modules.
4. Analyze the hardware and software interaction and integration.
5. Design and develop the 8051 and ARM 7 based embedded systems for various applications.
List of Experiments
I. 8051 Programming
1. Familiarity and use of 8051 microcontroller trainer kit, Keil IDE and simple programs under different addressing
modes.
2. Assembly programming using instruction set.
3. Timer and counter operations and programming using 8051.
4. Interfacing applications using LED, switch, relay and buzzer.
5. Stepper motor interfacing.
6. LCD interfacing.
7. Development of Embedded 'C' Code based on the module specifications. (under Structured enquiry)
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
II. ARM7 Programming
1. Study and use of LPC214x Microcontroller trainer kit and simple programs using its instruction set
2. Interfacing applications using LED, switch, relay and buzzer.
3. Programming on-chip PLL.
4. DC Motor interfacing.
5. Programming on-chip ADC.
6. Waveform generation using internal DAC.
7. Design an experiment related to the Embedded Application of your choice using 8051/ARM based architectures.
(under Open ended enquiry)
Suggested Reading:
1. Mazidi M.A, Mazidi JG & Rolin D. Mckinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller & Embedded Systems using Assembly
and C”, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Philips semiconductors, “ARM 7 (LPC 214x) user manual”, 2005.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC26
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Appraising Cellular concepts, CDMA and LTE networks.
2. Testing on DSSS kit for implementing CDMA concept.
3. Develop concepts of Software Radio in a real time environment.
4. Compare the relation between guide wavelength, free space wavelength and cut off wavelength.
5. Measure VSWR and unknown impedances for various loads at microwave frequencies.
Note:
1. A minimum of 14 experiments should be performed.
Suggested Reading:
1. T.S.Rappaport, “Wireless Communications Principles and Practice”, 2nd edition, PHI, 2002
2. Samuel Y. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, 3/e, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. Merril. I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, 2/e, MGH, 2001.
4. Prasad Kodali, Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility: Principles, Measurements, and Technologies, WileyIEEE
Press, IEEE, 2001.
5. Rizzi P, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, 3/e, Pearson Education, 2003.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC27
ELECTRONIC DESIGN AND AUTOMATION LAB
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Simulate and synthesize combinational and sequential logic circuits.
2. Simulate switch level modules.
3. Learn implementation procedure for any design on FPGA and to study the speed, power and area constraints
of FPGA/CPLD.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the process steps required for simulation /synthesis.
2. Develop HDL codes/scripts with appropriate syntax.
3. Apply an appropriate modelling style to describe various combinational and sequential circuits in Verilog HDL.
4. Examine the successful execution of the codes/ schematic using various Simulation Tools.
5. Build various digital circuits on hardware boards like FPGA.
List of Experiments
Part A
Write VERILOG Code, Simulate and Implement the following on FPGA:
1. Code Converters.
2. 4-bit Asynchronous Counter.
3. Sequence Detector using Mealy and Moore type state machines.
4. Any application of UDP.
5. Tasks and Functions.
6. Implement the AOI logic using Switch Level Modelling.
7. Implement a D Latch with NMOS and Transmission Gate using Switch Level Modelling.
Note:
1. All the codes should be implemented appropriately using Gate level, Dataflow and Behavioral Modelling.
2. All the programs should be simulated using test benches.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Part B
Using Layout tools
1. Implementation of NAND Gate.
2. Implementation of NOR Gate.
3. Implementation of XOR Gate.
4. Implementation of MUX with Transmission Gate.
5. Design and layout of Inverter.
Suggested Reading:
1. Michal D. Ciletti, “Advanced digital design with Verilog HDL”, Pearson Edition, 2011.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL-A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”, Pearson 2nd edition, 2003.
3. Cadence Design Systems (Ireland) Ltd., “Cadence manual”, 2013.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC28
MINI PROJECT
Instruction 2P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE -
SEE -
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To enable students learning by practical realization.
2. To develop capability to analyse and solve real world problems.
3. To develop technical writing and presentation skills.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Formulate Mini project proposal through literature survey.
2. Plan, design and analyze the proposed Mini project.
3. To simulate and execute the Mini project for validation.
4. Enhance oral presentation skills.
5. Prepare and submit the Mini project report.
The students are required to choose emerging technology area related to any theme such as agriculture, automation, transportation,
etc. Project related to domain. The students have to design and simulate/ implement as per the given schedule. Students have to
give oral presentation in presence of department review committee; finally report of the mini project work has to be submitted for
evaluation.
Schedule
S. no Description Duration
1 Problem identification / selection 2 weeks
2 Preparation of abstract 1 Week
3 Design, implementation and testing of the project 7 Weeks
4 Documentation and Mini project presentation 4 Weeks
Guidelines:
1. Each student will be allotted to a faculty supervisor for mentoring.
2. Mini project maybe targeted to achieve practical competences.
3. Mini project shall have inter-disciplinary/ industry relevance.
4. All the results obtained are to be clearly presented and documented with the reasons/explanations.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECU02
Up-skill Certification Course - II
Instruction -
Duration of SEE -
SEE -
CIE 25 Marks
Credits 0.5
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
SEMESTER – VII
3 Professional Elective-V 3 - - 3 40 60 3
4 Professional Elective-VI 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Engineering Economics and
5 22MBC01 3 - - 3 40 60 3
Accountancy
- - Non-
6 22CEM01 Environmental Science 2 2 - 50 Credit
PRACTICALS
7 22ECC31 Computer Networks Lab - - 2 3 50 50 1
3 22ECE27 DSP Processors and Architectures 22ECE33 Speech and Audio Processing
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand the general over view of the concepts and fundamentals of computer networks.
2. Familiarize the students with the standard models for the layered approach to communication between machines in
a network and the protocols of the various layers.
3. Learn the Routing, congestion control algorithms and application layer protocols.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the architecture and principles of computer networks.
2. Identify the different types of network topologies and their functionalities.
3. Analyze the functionalities and performance of various network protocols.
4. Understand frame formats of different protocols.
5. Gain the knowledge of use of cryptography and network security.
UNIT-I
Introduction: uses of computer networks, network topologies, network hardware, network software, reference models: the
TCP/IP and OSI reference models, example networks: the internet.
UNIT-II
Data Link Layer: design issues, CRC for error detection, Hamming code for error detection and correction, elementary data
link protocols: simplex stop-and-wait protocol for error free and noisy channels. Sliding window protocols: Go-Back-N,
Selective Repeat. Example data link protocols – HDLC.
Medium Access Control Sublayer: The channel allocation problem, Multiple access protocols: ALOHA, Carrier sense
multiple access protocols, LAN Protocols: Ethernet (IEEE 802.3), WiFi (IEEE 802.11), WiMAX (IEEE 802.16), Bluetooth
(IEEE 802.15.1), Zigbee (IEEE 802.15.4).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
Network Layer: design issues, routing algorithms: the optimality principle, shortest path algorithm, flooding, distance
vector routing, link state routing, hierarchical routing, broadcast routing, multicast routing, anycast routing. Congestion
Control Algorithms, Quality of Service, Internetworking, network layer in the internet: IPv4, IPv6.
UNIT-IV
Transport Layer: Transport Services, Elements of Transport protocols, Internet transport layer protocols: UDP and TCP.
UNIT-V
Application Layer: Domain Name System (DNS), electronic mail, file transfer, the World Wide Web (WWW).
Cryptography and Network Security: security goals, attacks, services and techniques, symmetric-key ciphers and
asymmetric-key ciphers.
Text Books:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David Wetherall, “Computer networks”, 5 th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011.
2. William Stallings, “Data and computer communications”, 10 th Edition, Pearson, 2013.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, 4th Edition, McGrawHill, 2013.
Suggested Reading:
1. James F.Kurose and Keith W.Ross, “Computer Networking – A top-down approach”, 8th Edition, Pearson, 2021.
2. L. Peterson and B. Davie, “Computer Networks – A Systems Approach”, 5th Edition, Elsevier Morgan Kaufmann
Publisher, 2011.
3. S. Keshav, “An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking”, 2 nd Edition, Pearson, 2001.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_cs04/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC30
IoT AND APPLICATIONS
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Programming and Problem Solving, Computer Organization and Embedded systems.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Provide an insight into the required infrastructure for IoT technology.
2. Introduce the Python programming language and familiarize yourself with the IoT concepts, their origin, and
methodology.
3. Develop Django Framework and domain-specific applications.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the terminology, enabling technologies, and various protocols of IoT.
2. Illustrate the Machine-to-machine, SDN, and NFV concepts and build simple IoT systems using Raspberry Pi board,
NodeMCU, and Beagle Bone Black.
3. Apply the basics of Python programming language, which is used in many IoT devices.
4. Create the steps involved in IoT system design methodology.
5. Develop web applications using a Python-based framework called Django and IoT technologies for domain-specific
applications.
UNIT-I
Introduction and Concepts: Introduction to Internet of Things, Definitions and Characteristics of IoT, Physical Design of
IoT: Things in IoT, IoT Protocols, Concepts of zigbee, BT. Logical Design of IoT, IoT Functional Blocks, IoT
Communication Models, IoT Communication APIs, IoT Enabling Technologies, Wireless Sensor Networks, Cloud
Computing, Big Data, Communication Protocols, IoT Levels & Deployment Templates.
UNIT-II
Machine To Machine and Networking: Introduction, MACHINE TO MACHINE, Differences between IoT and
Machine To Machine, Software Defined Networking, Network Function Virtualization.
IoT Physical Devices and End Points: Basic building blocks of an IoT device, Raspberry Pi- about the Raspberry Pi board,
Raspberry Pi interfaces- Serial, SPI & I2C, Introduction to NodeMCU, Introduction to BeagleBone Black.
UNIT-III
Introduction to Python: Motivation for using Python for designing IoT systems, Language features of Python, Data types:
Numbers, Strings, Lists, Tuples, Dictionaries, Type Conversions, Data Structures: Control of flow-if, for, while, range,
break/continue, pass, functions, modules, packaging, Python packages of Interest for IoT: JSON, XML, HTTPLib, URLLib,
SMTPLib.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
IoT Platforms Design Methodology: Introduction, IoT Design Methodology Steps-Purpose and Requirements
Specification, Process Specification, Domain Model Specification, Information Model Specification, Service Specifications,
IoT Level Specification, Functional View Specification, Operational View Specification, Device and Component
Integration, Application Development, Case Study on IoT System for Weather Monitoring.
UNIT-V
IoT Physical Servers and Cloud Offerings: Introduction to cloud storage models and Communication APIs, WAMP:
AutoBahn for IoT, Xively cloud for IoT.
Python Web Application Framework: Django Framework-Roles of Model, Template, and View.
Domain-Specific IoTs: IoT applications for Home Automation, Cities, Environment, Energy, Retail, Logistics, Agriculture,
health, Lifestyle, and introduction to IIoT.
Text Books:
1. Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things - A Hands-on Approach”, Universities Press, 2015.
2. Tony Gaddis, “Starting out with Python”, 4th edition, Pearson, 2017.
Suggested Reading:
1. Francis da Costa, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything”, 1st
edition,press Publications, 2014.
2. Matt Richardson, Shawn Wallace, O'Reilly, “Getting Started with Raspberry Pi”, SPD, 2014.
3. Pethuru Raj and Anupama C. Raman, "The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use
Cases",1st edition, 2017.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs53/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE25
CAD FOR VLSI VERIFICATION
(Professional Elective-V)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Different CAD tools available for various aspects of VLSI Design and their flows.
2. Working of different simulators.
3. Design Flow of popular commercially used CAD tools.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Justify the importance and use of CAD tools.
2. Differentiate design flow for different types of ASIC.
3. Understand the design flows of CADENCE Virtuoso, CADENCE NC Launch and XILINX ISE
4. Differentiate various types of simulators.
5. Understand the importance of design for testability.
Textbooks:
1. Wolfgang Fichtner Martin Morf, “CAD for VLSI Design and Application” 2003.
2. Laung -Terng, Wang, Cheng -Wen Wu, Xiaoqing Wen, “VLSI Test Principles and Architectures” Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers -Elsevier.
Suggested Reading:
1. Parag K. Lala, An Introduction to Logic Circuit Testing, Morgan & Claypool Publishers.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106088.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE26
5G COMMUNICATIONS
(Professional Elective-V)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: The student must prior knowledge in Communication systems, Mobile Cellular Communications.
Course Objectives:
This course aims:
1. Understand the requirements & concepts of 4G/5G.
2. Expose the architecture and radio access technologies of 5G.
3. Learn Massive MIMO concepts.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Recall the requirements and key functionalities of 4G LTEA/5G NR technology.
2. Compare various channel access technologies, modulation techniques used in 5G wireless systems.
3. Illustrate the architecture of 5G and its NextGen core network.
4. Apply the 5G concepts to D2D communications.
5. Discuss the concept of massive MIMO.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1
CO2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO4 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO5 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
UNIT-I
Overview of 4G/5G Wireless Communications:
Evolution of mobile technologies (1G to 5G), 3GPP Releases & its key aspects, Overview of 5G, three high level 5G usage
scenarios (eMBB, URLLC, mMTC), Key capabilities & requirements, performance & efficiency indicators, 5G vs. LTE-A
Comparison, 5G frequency bands, 5G Use cases.
UNIT-II
5G Channel access Techniques: Basic requirements of transmission over 5G, Modulation Techniques- generalized frequency
division multiplexing (GFDM), filter bank multi-carriers (FBMC) and universal filtered multi-carrier (UFMC), Multiple
Accesses Techniques –non-orthogonal multiple accesses (NOMA), Sparse Code Multiple Access (SCMA) –Comparison of
multiple access methods.
UNIT-III
5G NextGen core network: Introduction, 5G system enablers, NFV framework, SDN architecture. Traditional network vs.
NFV/SDN network, 5G deployment options and migration strategy, 5G NR simplified architecture, 5G NR system architecture,
3GPP reference point-based architecture, 3GPP Service based Architecture.
UNIT - IV
Device-to-device (D2D) communications: use cases of D2D communication in Cellular networks, D2D in 5G: research
challenges, Radio resource management for mobile broadband D2D.Multi-hop D2D communications for proximity and
emergency services.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
Massive Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) Systems: Introduction to Multi-Antenna system, Theoretical
background: MIMO requirement, MIMO vs. massive MIMO, Massive MIMO benefits, single user and multi-user MIMO,
capacity of MIMO for unknown CSIT, massive MIMO capacity, Massive MIMO OFDM transmitter employing digital
precoding, analog beamforming and hybrid of digital precoding and analog beamforming.
Text Books:
1. Saad Z. Asif, “5G Mobile Communications Concepts and Technologies” CRC Press, 2019.
2. Wei Xiang, Kan Zheng, Xuemin (Sherman) Shen, “5G Mobile Communications”, Springer publications-2016.
3. William Stallings “5G Wireless: A Comprehensive Introduction”, Pearson Education, 2021.
Suggested Reading:
1. R. S. Kshetrimayum, "Fundamentals of MIMO Wireless Communications", Cambridge University Press, UK, 2017.
2. Jonathan Rodriguez, “Fundamentals of 5G Mobile Networks” first edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2015.
3. SuvraSekhar Das and Ramjee Prasad, “Evolution of Air Interface Towards 5G: Radio Access Technology and
Performance Analysis”, Gistrup, Denmark:River Publishers series in Communication, 2018.
4. AfifOsseiran, Jose F. Monserrat, Patrick Marsch, “5G Mobile and Wireless Communications Technology”
Cambridge University Press-2016.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee152/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE27
DSP PROCESSORS AND ARCHITECTURES
(Professional Elective-V)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn the architectural differences between DSP and General-purpose processors.
2. Study the fixed and floating-point DSP processor architectures.
3. Study the various applications of DSP Processors.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Classify the differences between DSP Processor and General-Purpose processor.
2. Understand the basic architectural needs of Programmable DSPs.
3. Explain the architecture features of DSP processors.
4. Develop interface with DSP processor to external peripherals.
5. Design and implement various signal processing algorithms on DSP processors.
UNIT-I
Introduction to DSP Processors: Differences between DSP and other microprocessor architectures. Number formats- Fixed
point, Floating point and block Floating point formats, IEEE-754 Floating point, Dynamic range and precision, Relation
between data word size and instruction word size, Q-notation. Basic elements of real time DSP systems, DSP Hardware.
UNIT-II
Overview of TMS320C55X: Architecture of TMS320C55X Processor - Multiplier and Multiplier Accumulator, VLIW
Architectures, Pipelining, Special addressing modes in PDSPs, Buses, Memory map, addressing modes, Instruction set,
Pipeline and parallelism, Mixed C and Assembly language programming and on-chip peripherals.
UNIT-III
Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices: Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices – ALU and MAC block diagram, Shifter
Instruction, Base Architecture of ADSP 2100, ADSP-2181 high performance Processor.
UNIT-IV
The Blackfin Processor: Introduction to Blackfin Processor, Introduction to Micro Signal Architecture, Overview of
Hardware Processing Units and Register files, Address Arithmetic Unit, Control Unit, Bus Architecture and Memory, Basic
Peripherals
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
Interfacing Memory and Parallel I/O Peripherals to Programmable DSP Devices: Memory space organization, External
bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O interface, Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct Memory Access
(DMA). Software Development Tools-Code Composer Studio (CCS), C compiler, Assembler and Linker.
Textbooks:
1. Avatar Singh and S. Srinivasan, “Digital Signal Processing Implementations Using DSP Microprocessors”, Thomson
Brooks, 2012.
2. Digital Signal Processing Applications Using the ADSP-2100 Family by The Applications Engineering Staff of
Analog Devices, DSP Division, Edited by Amy Mar, PHI.
Suggested Reading:
1. B. Ventakaramani, M. Bhaskar, “Digital Signal Processors Architecture Programming and Applications”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 10th reprint,2015.
2. Embedded Media Processing by David J. Katz and Rick Gentile of Analog Devices, Newnes, ISBN 0750679123,
2005.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee99/previewrocessing.
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106149.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE28
SYSTEM ON CHIP
(Professional Elective-V)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Introduce students to the fundamental concepts of SoC Design
2. Familiarize students with the various interconnects and design consideration of SoC
3. Aquitaine student with various Design Flows in the process of SoC design.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts related to SoC.
2. Differentiate between various interconnects used in SoC Design.
3. Choose appropriate SoC architecture based on various design constraints.
4. Model SoC using high level language like System C.
5. Understand all the steps involved in the Design, fabrication and production of SoC.
UNIT-I
Introduction to System-on-Chip: What is System on Chip? SoC Design Flows, SoC Technology, ISAs, Cache
Design, snooping and other coherency Protocols, Interrupt and Interrupt Controller, Memory Technology, SoC I/Os –
timers, DMA Controller, Network and streaming device,
UNIT-II
SoC Interconnect: Interconnect Requirements, Protocol Adaptors, On-chip Protocol Class, Simple Bus Structures,
Ordered and Unordered Interconnects, AMBA AXI Interconnect, Basic Interconnect Topologies- Simple Bus with One
Initiator, Shared Bus with Multiple Initiators, Bridged Bus Structure, Network-on-Chip, Interconnect Building Blocks,
Long Distance Interconnect -Domain Crossing, Metastability, CD-crossing bridge, PD Crossing, SERDES.
UNIT-III
System Design Consideration: Design Trade-offs in Memory Systems, SoC Energy Minimization, Designing for
Testability and Debug Integration, Reliability and Security, Clock Sources, PLL and Clock Trees, Clock Skewing and
Multi-cycle Paths.
Electronic System-Level Modeling: Modelling Abstraction, SystemC Modelling Library, Transaction-level Modelling,
Processor Modelling with Different Levels of Abstractions.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Architectural Design Exploration: Hardware and Software Design Partition, Design Space Exploration, Hazards, Design-
entry Languages, High-level Synthesis.
Formal Methods and Assertion-based Design: Formal language tools, assertions, simulation with assertion, Equivalence
Checking.
UNIT-V
Fabrication and Production: Evolution of Design Closure, Register Transfer Languages, Chip Types and
Classifications, Floor and Power Planning, Flow Steps, Production Testing, STA and Timing Sign OFF
Text Books:
1. David J. Greaves, “Modern System-on-Chip Design on Arm”, ARM Education Media -2021.
2. Michael J. Flynn and Wayne Luk, “Computer System Design: Systemon-Chip”. Wiley, 2011.
Suggested Reading:
1. B. Al Hashimi, “System on chip-Next generation electronics”, The IET, 2006.
2. RochitRajsuman, “System-on- a-chip: Design and test”, Advantest America R & D Center, 2000.
3. P Mishra and N Dutt, “Processor Description Languages”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE29
GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEMS
(Professional Elective-V)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Explain the basic principle of operation of GPS, GPS ephemerides and signal structure.
2. Make the students to understand various coordinate systems and highlight the effect of various errors affecting GPS
signals.
3. Make the students to appreciate the significance of other GNSS systems, principle of DGPS and augmentation
systems.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the fundamental concepts of communications in understanding of GPS architecture, operation and signal
structure.
2. Apply the principles of orbital mechanics, time references, coordinate systems and range measurements in estimating
user position.
3. Examine the effect of various error sources and satellite geometry on position estimates and analyze the suitability of
a given data format.
4. Compare the architecture and working of other GNSS systems and make use of GNSS systems in a variety of civilian
and defense applications.
5. Relate the knowledge of DGPS techniques in understanding augmentation systems.
UNIT-I
GPS Fundamentals: Introduction to Radio Navigation system: VOR, ILS. GPS System Segments: space, control and user
segments, Principle of operation, Current status of GPS satellite constellation. Orbital Mechanics: GPS ephemeris data,
algorithm for computation of satellite’s position from ephemeris data. Time References: solar and sidereal days, UTC time,
GPS time.
UNIT-II
GPS Signals: Legacy GPS signals: Signal structure, Operating frequencies, C/A and P-Code, Navigation message, Modernized
GPS signals: list of signals and their significance. Range measurements: code and carrier measurements, User position
estimation with PRN codes.
Coordinate Systems: Earth Centered Earth Fixed (ECEF) coordinate system, Earth Centered Inertial (ECI) coordinate system,
Geodetic coordinate system, Ellipsoid and Geoid, Regional and Global Datum, World Geodetic System (WGS-84).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-III
GPS Error Sources: Satellite clock error, ephemeris error, Receiver clock errors, satellite and receiver instrumental bias,
Multipath error, receiver measurement noise, ionospheric error and tropospheric error, Klobuchar model, ionospheric delay
estimation using dual frequency measurements and UERE. Dilution of precision: HDOP, VDOP, TDOP, PDOP & GDOP.
UNIT-IV
Data Formats: RINEX Observation and Navigation Data formats, NMEA format.
GNSS: Architecture, operation and signals of other navigational satellite systems Galileo, Beidou and GLONASS, QZSS.
IRNSS: Architecture and signals.
UNIT-V
Differential GPS (DGPS): Principle of DGPS, Types of DGPS: Local Area DGPS (LADPS), Wide Area DGPS (WADGPS).
GPS Augmentation Systems: Principle of operation of Satellite Based Augmentation system (SBAS) and Ground Based
Augmentation System (GBAS).
GNSS Applications: Surveying, Mapping, Marine, air and land Navigation, Military and Space Application.
Text Books:
1. Elliot D Kaplan and Christopher J Hegarty, “Understanding GPS principles and applications”, Artech House
Publishers, 2/e Boston & London 2005.
2. Pratap Misra and Per Enge, “Global Positioning System Signals, Measurement, and Performance”, Ganga- Jamuna
Press, 2/e, Massachusetts, 2010.
Suggested Reading:
1. B. Hofmann-Wellenhof, H. Lichtenegger, and J. Collins, “GPS Theory and Practice”, Springer Verlog, 5/e, 2008.
2. Ahmed El-Rabbany, “Introduction to GPS”, Artech House Publishers, 2/e, Boston 2006.
3. Bradford W. Parkinson and James J. Spilker, “Global Positioning system: Theory and Application”, Vol.II, American
Institution of Aeronautices and Astronautics Inc., Washington, 1996.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/content/syllabus_pdf/105107194.pdf.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE30
PATTERN RECOGNITION USING MACHINE LEARNING
(Professional Elective-V)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Prerequisite: The student should have knowledge of probability and random variables.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Model of pattern recognition using decision theory.
2. Develop of linear models for classification problems.
3. Analyze the unsupervised learning models and also clustering.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts of pattern recognition.
2. Apply the parametric and linear models for classification.
3. Design algorithms using neural networks for machine learning problems.
4. Implementation of Support Vector Machines (SVM) algorithm for real time applications.
5. Evaluate various unsupervised clustering techniques.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Pattern Recognition: Pattern Recognition Systems, applications, design cycle, learning and adaptation,
examples, Probability Distributions, Bayesian Decision Theory, continuous Features, Minimum Error rate classification,
Classifiers, Discriminant Functions and Decision surfaces, Bayesian Decision Theory- Discrete Features. Maximum-
Likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation: Maximum Likelihood estimation, Bayesian estimation.
UNIT-II
Linear Models for classification and regression: Linear Models for Regression: Linear Basis Function Models, The Bias -
Variance Decomposition, Bayesian Linear Regression, Linear Models for Classification: Discriminant Functions,
Probabilistic Generative Models, Probabilistic Discriminative Models, Bayesian Logistic Regression.
UNIT-III
Artificial Neural Network for Classification and Regression: Overview of Artificial Neural Networks, Multilayer
Feedforward Neural Networks with Sigmoidal activation functions, Backpropagation Algorithm; Representation abilities of
feedforward networks, Feedforward networks for Classification and Regression; Backpropagation in practice, Radial Basis
Function Networks; Gaussian RBF networks, Learning Weights in RBF networks; K-means clustering algorithm.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Support Vector Machines and Kernel Based Methods: Support Vector Machines; Introduction, Obtaining the optimal
hyperplane, SVM formulation with slack variables; non linear SVM classifiers, Kernel functions for non-linear SVMs; Mercer
and Positive Definite kernels, Support Vector Regression and 𝜀-insensitive Loss function, examples of SVM learming,
Overview of SMO and other algorithms for SVM; v-SVM and v-SVR; SVM as a risk minimizer, Positive definite kernels;
RKHS; Representor Theorem.
UNIT-V
Feature Selection, Model Assessment and Cross-validation: Feature Selection and Dimensionality Reduction; Principal
Component Analysis, No Free Launch theorem; Model selection and model estimation; Bias-variance trade-off, Assessing
learnt Classifiers; Cross Validation.
Boosting and Classifier Ensembles: Bootstrap, Bagging and Boosting; Classifier Ensembles; Adaboost, Risk minimization
view of Adaboost
Text Books:
1. C. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2006.
2. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stork, “Pattern Classification”, 2nd Edition John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
Suggested Reading:
1. B. Yagnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2007.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117108048.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE31
DESIGN FOR TESTABILITY
(Professional Elective-VI)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Provide an in-depth understanding of the testing and faults affecting VLSI circuits.
2. Provide knowledge on various testing methods.
3. Evaluate various test cases.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the concepts of testing for VLSI circuits.
2. Apply techniques to improve testability of VLSI circuits.
3. Utilize logic simulation methods such as ATPG in testing of VLSI circuits.
4. Analyze the concepts of BIST in testing VLSI circuits.
5. Evaluate various Testing methods.
UNIT-I
Introduction to VLSI testing: Importance of testing, Challenges in VLSI testing, Levels of abstractions in VLSI testing,
Functional vs. Structural approach to testing, Complexity of the testing problem, Controllability and Observability,
Generating test for a single stuck at fault in combinational logic, D-algorithm, PODEM algorithms, Test optimization
and fault coverage.
UNIT–II
Design for testability (DFT): Testability analysis, Scan cell design, Scan architectures, Scan design rules, Scan design
flow, Special purpose scan designs Logic and fault simulation, Fault detection, Adhoc and structured approaches to DFT,
Various kinds of scan design. Introduction to design for debug (DFD).
UNIT–III
Test generation: Random test generation, Boolean difference, ATPG algorithms for combinational circuits,
Sequential ATPG, Untestable faults, IDDQ testing The LFSRs and their use in random test generation and response
compression.
UNIT–IV
Built-in self-test (BIST): Design rules, Exhaustive testing, Pseudo-random testing, Pseudo-exhaustive testing, Output
response analysis, Logic BIST architectures Test compression: Test stimulus compression.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT–V
Boundary scan and core -based testing: IEEE standards for digital boundary scan, Embedded core test standards
Analog and mixed signal testing, Delay testing, Physical failures, Soft errors Reliability, FPGA testing.
Text Books:
1. Parag K. Lala, An Introduction to Logic Circuit Testing, Morgan & Claypool Publishers.
2. Michael L. Bushnell and Vishwani D. Agrawal, Essentials of Electronic Testing, Springer India.
3. Laung -Terng, Wang, Cheng -Wen Wu, Xiaoqing Wen, “VLSI Test Principles and Architectures” Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers -Elsevier.
Suggested Reading:
1. Parag K Lal, “ Fault Tolerant and Fault Testable Hardware Design ” , BS Publications, 2020.
2. M. Abramovici, M. Breuer, and A. Friedman, Digital System Testing and Testable Design, Jaico Publishing
House.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105137.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE32
WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
(Professional Elective-VI)
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn Wireless Sensor Network fundamentals.
2. Familiarize the protocols developed for Wireless sensor networks.
3. Learn the Wireless sensor network platforms, tools.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the characteristics, challenges and deployment mechanisms of WSNs.
2. Illustrate the Network architecture and design considerations for Physical and transport Layers.
3. Inspect the Specialized Features of WSN.
4. Examine the knowledge of various protocols of Wireless Sensor Networks.
5. Choose various sensor network platforms, tools, and applications.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Wireless Sensor Network:
Introduction to Wireless Sensor Networks.: Features, Design challenges, characteristics of Wireless Sensor Networks,
Advantages of WSN and applications. Sensor deployment mechanisms.
UNIT-II
Sensor Networks – Architectures:
Enabling Technologies for Wireless Sensor Networks. Single-Node Architecture - Hardware Components, Network
Architecture Sensor Networks Scenarios, Design Principle, Physical Layer and Transceiver Design Considerations,
Optimization Goals and Figures of Merit, Gateway Concepts.
UNIT-III
Specialized Features of WSN:
Sensor deployment mechanisms, coverage issues, connectivity, energy consumption of sensor nodes, Issues related to Power
management, Synchronization, Localization. Data processing and aggregation, Data storage, Clustering, Time
Synchronization, security challenges.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT IV
WSN Networking Concepts and Protocols:
MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, Low Duty Cycle Protocols and Wakeup Concepts: S-MAC, Contention based
protocols - PAMAS, Schedule based protocols – LEACH, IEEE 802.15.4 MAC protocol, Routing Protocols – examples of
proactive and reactive, Challenges and Issues in Transport layer protocol.
UNIT V
Sensor Network Platforms and Tools:
Sensor Node Hardware – Berkeley Motes, Programming Challenges, Node-level software platforms – TinyOS, nesC,
CONTIKIOS, Node-level Simulators – NS2 and its extension to sensor networks.
Text Books:
1. Holger Karl, Andreas Willig, Protocol and Architecture for Wireless Sensor Networks, John Wiley Publication, Jan
2011.
2. F. Zhao and L. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks: An Information Processing Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann, 1st
Indian reprint,2013.
3. Edgar H. Callaway Jr. and Edgar H. Callaway, “Wireless Sensor Networks: Architectures and Protocols”, 1st edition,
Auerbach Publications, 2003.
Suggested Reading:
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, &TaiebZnati, “Wireless Sensor Networks-Technology, Protocols, and Applications”,
John Wiley, 2007.
2. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003.
e-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105160.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE33
SPEECH AND AUDIO PROCESSING
(Professional Elective-VI)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Provide students with the knowledge of basic characteristics of speech signal in relation to production and hearing of
speech by humans.
2. Describe basic algorithms of speech analysis and pitch extraction.
3. Learn the various algorithms for speech recognition like HMM and Dynamic warping.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basic characteristics of speech signal in relation to production and hearing of speech by humans.
2. Analyze speech and extract features for speech applications.
3. Comprehend the spectral domain of speech and the resilience of spectral parameters.
4. Distinguish between different speech coding techniques.
5. Design various applications like recognition, synthesis, and coding of speech.
UNIT-I
Fundamentals of Speech:
Mechanism of speech production: Vocal track and physiology, LTI Model for Speech Production, Nature of Speech Signal,
Phonetics, Types of Speech, Voiced and Unvoiced Decision Making, Speech vs Silence discrimination, Audio File Formats:
Nature of WAV File.
UNIT-II
Parameters of Speech: Pitch Frequency, Pitch period Measurement – Autocorrelation Method, AMDF Method, Parallel
Processing approach, FFT – based method.
Linear Prediction of Speech: Lattice Structure realization, Forward Linear Prediction, Autocorrelation Method, and
Covariance Method.
UNIT-III
Spectral parameters of Speech:
Short -Time Spectral analysis of Speech: STFT, Spectrogram. Homomorphic Processing, Cepstrum – Pitch period and Formants
Evaluation, The Auditory System as a Filter bank, Mel Frequency Cepstral Coefficients (MFCCs), Perceptual Liner Prediction
(PLP), Rasta-PLP, Log Frequency Power Coefficients (LFPs).
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Speech Quantization and Coding: Uniform and Non-Uniform Quantizers and Coder, Companded Quantizer, Adaptive
Quantizers, Waveform coding of Speech, Comparison. Parametric Speech Coding Techniques, Transform domain coding of
speech.
UNIT-V
Speech Processing Applications:
Speech Recognition Systems- Problems in Automatic speech recognition, Dynamic Time Warping, Hidden Markov Models,
Speaker Recognition using Tensor flow, Speech Enhancement, Speech Synthesis – A Text to Speech System, HMM based
Synthesis.
Text Books:
1. Dr.Shilpa D. Apte, “Speech and Audio Processing”, Wiley India edition, 2012.
2. Owens F.J., "Signal Processing of Speech", Macmillan New Electronics, 1/e, 2000.
Suggested Reading:
1. Daniel Jurefsky and James H. Martin, " Speech and Language Processing", PHI, 2/e, 2003.
2. Papamchalis, " Practical Approaches to speech coding", PHI, 1987 .
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee117/preview.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE34
LINUX AND SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
(Professional Elective-VI)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Linux programming and Networking.
2. Study the principles of Scripting languages.
3. Understand and make effective use of Linux utilities and scripting language to solve problems.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the Linux basic concepts and file management.
2. Familiarize with Linux networking file system.
3. Develop the programs using Perl Scripting.
4. TCL fundamentals and TK usage with example.
5. Implement programs using Python Scripting.
UNIT-I
Linux Basics: Introduction to Linux, File System of the Linux, General usage of Linux kernel & basic commands, Linux users
and group, Permissions for file, directory and users, Searching a file & directory, zipping and unzipping concepts.
UNIT-II
Linux Networking: Introduction to Networking in Linux, Network basics & tools, File transfer protocol in Linux, Network
file system, Domain Naming Services, Dynamic hosting configuration Protocol & Network information Services.
UNIT-III
Perl Scripting: Introduction to Perl Scripting, working with Simple Values, Lists and Hashes, Loops and Decisions, Regular
Expressions, Files and Data in Perl Scripting, References &Subroutines, Running and Debugging Perl, Modules, Object-
Oriented Perl.
UNIT-IV
TCL/TK Scripting: TCL Fundamentals, String and Pattern Matching, TCL Data Structures, Control Flow Commands,
Procedures and Scope, Evel, Working With UNIX, Reflection and Debugging, Script Libraries, TK Fundamentals, TK by
Examples, The Pack Geometry Manager, Binding Commands to X Events, Buttons and Menus, Simple TK Widgets, Entry
and List box Widgets Focus, Grabs and Dialogs.
UNIT-V
Python Scripting: Introduction to Python, Using the Python Interpreter, More Control Flow Tools, Data Structures, Modules,
Input and Output, Errors and Exceptions, Classes, Brief Tour of the Standard Library.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Text Books:
1. Daniel J Barrett “Linux Pocket Guide: Essential Commands” O’REILLY, 1 st Edition, 2016.
2. Brent Welch, Ken Jones, and Jeff Hobbs, “Practical Programming in Tcl and Tk”, Prentice Hall, 4 th edition, 2003.
3. Anurag Gupta, G Biswas “Python Programming” McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 2019.
Suggested Reading:
1. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4: System Administration Guide Edition 2 Copyrights 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
2. Tom Christiansen, brian d foy, Larry Wall, Jon Orwant “Programming Perl” O’REILLY, 4th Edition,2012.
e-Resources:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/content/syllabus_pdf/117106113.pdf.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE35
RF AND MILLIMETRE WAVE CIRCUIT DESIGN
(Professional Elective-VI)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. State the concept of RF, Millimeter Wave (mmWave) technology.
2. Designing procedure and Comprehensive knowledge of the RF Power Amplifiers and Oscillators.
3. Comprehensive knowledge of the active and passive circuit elements for circuit design, measurement techniques
and applications of mmWaves.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the requirement of RF and mm-Wave technology.
2. Analyze the response of RF Power Amplifiers and Oscillators.
3. Analyze the active and passive circuit elements for RF and mm-Wave technology.
4. Examine different measurement techniques for mm-Wave technology.
5. Aspire for pursuing a carrier in system application for mm-Wave technology.
UNIT-I
Introduction to RF and MM-Wave Technology: Basic architectures, Passive RLC Networks, Parallel RLC tank, Q, Series
RLC networks, matching, Introduction to mm-Wave Integrated Circuits, GaAs Fabrication Technology and various processes,
Materials used for mm-Wave Integrated Guides, Introduction to Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits (MMICs)
technology.
UNIT-II
RF Power Amplifiers and Oscillators: Class A, AB, B, C amplifiers, Class D, E, F amplifiers, RF Power amplifier design
examples, Voltage controlled oscillators, Resonators, Negative resistance oscillators, Phase locked loops, Linearized PLL
models, Phase detectors, charge pumps, Loop filters, and PLL design examples.
UNIT-III
Active and passive circuit elements: Transmission lines for Microwave Integrated Circuits, Discontinuities, Lumped elements
Passive Components: Ring Resonator Filters. Bipolar Transistors, MESFETs, HEMTs Active Components: Oscillators,
Electronic Phase Shifters, Balanced Mixers, Amplifier Topologies.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Measurement Techniques: Introduction, mm-Wave measurement techniques: Electric field probe, Measurement of
Attenuation constant and guide wavelength. Measurement at Radiation Loss at bents.
UNIT-V
System Application: MICs in Phased Array Radars, MICs in Satellite Television Systems, Microwave Radio Systems,
Monolithic mm-Wave Transceiver.
Text Books:
1. The design of CMOS Radio frequency integrated circuits by Thomas H. Lee Cambridge university press, 2004.
2. RF Micro Electronics by Behzad Razavi, Prentice Hall, 1997.
3. MMIC Design by I. D. Robertson, The Institution of Electrical Engineers, U.K., 1995
4. Microwave Integrated circuit by K. C. Gupta, A. Singh, John Wiley & Sons, 1974
5. Millimeter wave Integrated Circuit by E. Carey and S. Lidholm, Springer, 2005
6. Millimeter Wave and Optical Dielectric Integrated Guides and Circuits by S. K. Koul, John Wiley & Sons, 1997.
Suggested Reading:
1. Stripline-like Transmission lines for Microwave Integrated circuits, B. Bhat, S. K. Koul, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New
Delhi.
2. Microwave Integrated Circuits, I. Kneppo, J. Fabian, P. Bezousek, P. Hrnicko and M. Pavel, Springer.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECE36
NETWORK SECURITY
(Professional Elective-VI)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn the basic concepts of Security Attacks, Services, and mechanisms.
2. Understand the Symmetric Key Encryption and Public key Cryptography algorithms.
3. Learn the Network Security and System Security approaches.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Familiarize the basic concepts of Computer Security and Security Attacks, Services, Mechanisms, Design principles.
2. Understand the Symmetric Encryption and Message Confidentiality principles and operation.
3. Demonstrate the Public-Key Cryptography and Message Authentication algorithms.
4. Examine the Key Distribution using symmetric and asymmetric encryption and User Authentication using Public-
Key Infrastructure.
5. Apply Network Security and System Security approaches for different applications.
UNIT-I
Introduction to network security: Computer Security Concepts, the OSI Security Architecture, Security Attacks, Security
Services, Security Mechanisms, Fundamental Security Design Principles, Attack Surfaces and Attack Trees, A Model for
Network Security, Standards.
UNIT-II
Symmetric Encryption and Message Confidentiality: Symmetric Encryption Principles, Symmetric Block Encryption
Algorithms: DES, Triple DES and AES, Random and Pseudorandom Numbers, Stream Ciphers and RC4, Cipher Block Modes
of Operation.
UNIT-III
Public-Key Cryptography and Message Authentication: Approaches to Message Authentication Secure Hash Functions,
Message Authentication Codes, Public-Key Cryptography Principles, Public-Key Cryptography Algorithms: The RSA Public-
Key Encryption Algorithm, Diffie–Hellman Key Exchange, Digital Signatures Standards.
UNIT-IV
Key Distribution and User Authentication: Symmetric Key Distribution Using Symmetric Encryption, Kerberos, Key
Distribution Using Asymmetric Encryption, X.509 Certificates, Public-Key Infrastructure.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-V
Network Security: Wireless Network Security: Wireless Security, IEEE 802.11i Wireless LAN Security.
Electronic mail security: E-mail Architecture, E-mail Protocols, E-mail Threats and Comprehensive E-mail Security,
S/MIME.
System Security: Intruders, Intrusion Detection. Firewalls: The Need for Firewalls, Firewall Characteristics, Types of
Firewalls.
Text Books:
1. William Stallings, “Network security Essentials: Applications and standards”, 6 th Edition, Pearson Education Limited,
2017.
2. Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, 4 th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2019.
3. Kaufman, c., Perlman, R., and Speciner, M., “Network Security, Private Communication in a public world”,
2ndEdition, Prentice Hall PTR, 2002.
Suggested Reading:
1. Stallings, W. “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice”, 3 rd Edition, Prentice Hall PTR.2003.
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Cryptography and Network Security”, 4 thEdition, McGraw Hill, 2019.
3. Calabrese Thomson, “Information Security Intelligence: Cryptographic Principles and Applications”, Delmar
Cengage Learning, 2003.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs90/preview ity.
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-857-network-and-computer-security-spring-2014/ urity.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22MBC01
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To demonstrate the importance of Managerial Economics in Decision Making.
2. To explain the concept of Accountancy and provide basic knowledge on preparation of Final accounts.
3. To understand the importance of Project Evaluation in achieving a firm’s Objective.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this Course, student will be able to:
1. Apply fundamental knowledge of Managerial Economics concepts and tools.
2. Analyze various aspects of Demand Analysis, Supply and Demand Forecasting.
3. Understand Production and Cost relationships to make best use of resources available.
4. Apply Accountancy Concepts and Conventions and preparation of Final Accounts.
5. Evaluate Capital and Capital Budgeting decision based on any technique.
Course Articulation Matrix
PO/PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 3
CO 2 2 2 2 2 - 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 2 2 2
CO 3 1 2 1 2 2 - 2 1 - 1 - - 1 2 1
CO 4 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 3 - 1 - - 2 2 1
CO 5 1 3 1 2 1 1 2 - - 1 2 1 1 3 1
UNIT - I
Introduction to Managerial Economics: Introduction to Economics and its evolution - Managerial Economics - its Nature
and Scope, Importance; Relationship with other Subjects. Its usefulness to Engineers; Basic concepts of Managerial economics
- Incremental, Time perspective, Discounting Principle, Opportunity Cost, Equimarginal Principle, Contribution, Negotiation
Principle.
UNIT - II
Demand and Supply Analysis: Demand Analysis - Concept of Demand, Determinants, Law of demand - Assumptions and
Exceptions; Elasticity of demand - Price, Income and Cross elasticity - simple numerical problems; Concept of Supply -
Determinants of Supply, Law of Supply; Demand Forecasting - Methods.
UNIT - III
Production and Cost Analysis: Theory of Production - Production function - Isoquants and Isocosts, MRTS, Input-Output
Relations; Laws of returns.
Cost Analysis: Cost concepts – Types of Costs, Cost-Output Relationship – Short Run and Long Run; Market structures –
Types of Competition, Features of Perfect Competition, Price Output Determination under Perfect Competition, Features of
Monopoly Competition, Price Output Determination under Monopoly Competition Break-even Analysis – Concepts,
Assumptions, Limitations, Numerical problems.
Unit - IV
Accountancy: Book-keeping, Principles and Significance of Double Entry Bookkeeping, Accounting Concepts and
Conventions, Accounting Cycle, Journalization, Ledger accounts, Trial Balance concept and preparation of Final Accounts
with simple adjustments.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Unit - V Capital and Capital Budgeting: Capital and its Significance, Types of Capital, Estimation of Fixed and Working
capital requirements, Methods and sources of raising finance. Capital Budgeting, Methods: Traditional and Discounted Cash
Flow Methods - Numerical problems.
Text Books:
1. Mehta P.L.”Managerial Economics: Analysis, Problems and Cases”, Sultan Chand & Son’s Educational publishers,
2016.
2. Maheswari S.N. “Introduction to Accountancy”, Vikas Publishing House, 12 th Edition, 2018.
Suggested Readings:
1. Panday I.M. “Financial Management”, 11th edition, Vikas Publishing House, 2016.
2. Varshney and K L Maheswari, Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand, 2014.
3. M. Kasi Reddy and S. Saraswathi, Managerial Economics and Financial Accounting, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt Ltd, 2007.
4. A. R. Aryasri, Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 2018.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CEM01
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
Instruction 2 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 2 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE -
Credits No Credits
Prerequisite: -
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Figure out a more sustainable way of living.
2. Understanding the behaviour exhibited by organisms under some natural conditions.
3. Educating and making people aware of different environmental issues and problems.
4. Using natural resources in an effective manner without actually causing any harm to the environment.
5. Exposing students to how science and the scientific method address environment systems and issues.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify the natural resources and realize the importance of water, food, forest, mineral, energy, land resources and
effects of over utilization.
2. Understand the concept of ecosystems and realize the importance of interlinking food chains.
3. Contribute to the conservation of bio-diversity.
4. Suggest suitable remedial measures for the problems of environmental pollution and contribute for the framing of
legislation for protection of the environment.
5. Follow the environmental ethics and contribute to the mitigation and management of environmental disasters.
UNIT - I
Environmental Studies: Definition, Scope and importance, need for public awareness.
Natural resources: Use and over utilization of Natural Resources - Water resources, Food resources, Forest resources, Mineral
resources, Energy resources, Land resources.
UNIT - II
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem, structure and function of an ecosystem, role of producers, consumers and decomposers,
energy flow in an ecosystem, food chains, food webs, ecological pyramids, Nutrient cycling, Bio-geo chemical cycles,
Terrestrial and Aquatic ecosystems.
UNIT - III
Biodiversity: Genetic, species and ecosystem biodiversity, Bio-geographical classification of India, India as a Mega diversity
nation. Values of biodiversity, hot-spots of biodiversity, threats to biodiversity, endangered and endemic species of India,
methods of conservation of biodiversity.
UNIT – IV
Environmental Pollution: Cause, effects and control measures of air pollution, water pollution, marine pollution, soil
pollution, noise pollution and Solid waste management, nuclear hazards
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Environmental Legislations: Environment protection Act, Air, Water, Forest & Wild life Acts, issues involved in enforcement
of environmental legislation, responsibilities of state and central pollution control boards.
UNIT – V
Social issues and the environment: Water conservation methods: Rain water harvesting and watershed management,
Environmental ethics, Sustainable development and Climate change: Global warming, Ozone layer depletion, forest fires, and
Contemporary issues.
Text Books:
1. Y. Anjaneyulu, “Introduction to Environmental Science”, B S Publications, 2004.
2. Suresh K. Dhameja, “Environmental Studies”, S. K. Kataria& Sons, 2009.
Suggested Reading:
1. C. S. Rao,” Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, Wiley, 1991.
2. S. S. Dara, “A Text Book of Environmental Chemistry &Pollution Control”, S. Chand
Limited, 2006.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC31
COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Prerequisite: Knowledge on Digital communications and familiarity with anyone programming language like C.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand Link layer concepts.
2. Understand routing algorithms in Network layer.
3. Understand the network simulator environment and visualize a network topology and observe its performance.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply fundamental principles of computer networking.
2. Examine the performance of design issues of Link layer.
3. Construct a network and measure its performance with different routing algorithms.
4. Creation of both wired and wireless Networks.
5. Analyze the performance of various Network protocols.
List of Experiments
Open-ended Inquiry
1. Design a Wireless Ad hoc Network and evaluate its performance.
2. Evaluation the performance of VoIP.
Note: All the experiments can be implemented using NETSIM, NS2 (Open Source) and MATLAB.
Suggested Reading:
1. Teerawat Issariyakul, Ekram Hossain, “Introduction to Network Simulator NS2”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2012.
2. Eitan Altman, Tania Jimenez, “Network Simulator for beginners”, Lecture Notes, 2003-2004, University
de LosAndes, Merida, Venezula and ESSI, Sophia-Antipolos, France, December 2003.
3. Amos Gilat, “MATLAB: An Introduction with Applications”, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2012.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC32
IoT LAB
Instruction 2 Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 50 Marks
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Programming and Problem Solving, Computer Organization, and Embedded systems.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Implement hardware setup for IoT applications.
2. Develop basic programming skills for deploying various IoT protocols on hardware.
3. Design and develop IoT and Communication Network model environment-based solutions.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Analyze various software and hardware components required for IoT technology.
2. Interface analog and digital sensing & actuating equipment using Raspberry Pi.
3. Build basic applications using Bluetooth with Raspberry Pi programming environment.
4. Demonstrate the capabilities of a Raspberry Pi as an IoT device using protocols.
5. Create a Communication Network model (TCP/UDP) server on Raspberry Pi / Beaglebone Black.
List of Experiments:
1. Familiarize with the Raspberry Pi hardware and install the necessary software.
2. Interface an LED and Switch with Raspberry Pi.
3. Interface an LDR/Sensor with Raspberry Pi.
4. Interface a surveillance camera with Raspberry Pi.
5. Interface Servo Motor with Raspberry Pi.
6. Interface a DHT11 sensor with Raspberry Pi to upload/retrieve temperature and humidity readings and upload data
to Thing Speak.
7. Interface Bluetooth with Raspberry Pi and write a program to send sensor data to a smartphone using Bluetooth.
8. Interface Bluetooth with Raspberry Pi and write a program to turn ON/OFF when 1/0 is received from a smartphone
using Bluetooth.
9. Interface sensor with Raspberry Pi to upload/retrieve data from a sensor to the Thing Speak cloud.
10. Demonstrate the capabilities of a Raspberry Pi as an IoT device by using it to publish and subscribe sensor data via
an MQTT broker.
11. Write a program to create a TCP server on Raspberry Pi /Beagle bone Black and respond with sensor data to a TCP
client when requested.
12. Write a program to create a UDP server on Raspberry Pi/Beagle bone Black and respond with sensor data to a UDP
client when requested.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Additional Experiments based on Structured enquiry
Prerequisite: Knowledge of preparing slides by using power point presentations, Capable of searching for suitable
literatureand Presentation skills.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. The student takes up investigative study in the broad field of Engineering / Technology, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical.
2. The work to be assigned by the Department on an individual basis or two/three students in a group, under the
guidance of a supervisor.
3. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) towards R&D.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. List the various approaches to the selected problem.
2. Interpret the advantages and disadvantages of various approaches.
3. Apply the selected approach for simulating / modeling / designing the problem.
4. Analyse and write a report on the results of the simulation/modeling of the problem selected.
5. Justify and present the results of the simulation/modeling / design before the departmental committee.
The objective of Project Part - I is to enable the student take up investigative study in the broad field of
Engineering/Technology, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on an individual basis or two/three students in a group, under the guidance of a supervisor. This is
expectedto provide a good initiation for the student(s) towards R&D. The work shall include:
5 PPT Preparation
Departmental
Committee 5 Presentation
5 Report Preparation
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
SEMESTER – VIII
Scheme of
Scheme of Examination
Instruction
S.no Course Code Title of the Course Duration Credits
Hours per week Maximum Marks
of SEE in
L T P/D Hours CIE SEE
THEORY
1 Open Elective-III 3 - - 3 40 60 3
PRACTICALS
2 22ECC34 Technical Seminar - - 2 - 50 - 1
22CIO03
BASICS OF CYBER SECURITY
(Open Elective – III)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To describe the foundational concepts of cybersecurity, including the CIA triad (Confidentiality, Integrity,
Availability), and explain their importance in information security practices.
2. To demonstrate understanding of various cyber offenses by explaining the methods used by criminals to plan and
execute cyber-attacks.
3. To understand the legal perspective of Cyber Security.
4. To collect, process, analyse and present Computer Forensics Evidence.
5. To understand organizational implications of Cyber Security.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of cybersecurity by effectively analysing and evaluating the security implications
of various scenarios.
2. Identify and describe different types of cyber offenses, understand the techniques used by cybercriminals, and
analyse the potential impact of these attacks on individuals, organizations, and society.
3. Analyse and evaluate the legal framework of cyber laws in India.
4. Analyse the significance of digital evidence in cyber forensics.
5. Evaluate the organizational implications of cyber security by assessing the costs associated with cybercrimes.
Unit – I
Introduction to Cyber Crime: Cyber Crime: Definition and Origins of the Word, Cybercrime and Information Security,
Classification of Cyber Crimes.
Cyber Security Fundamentals: Definition and importance of cybersecurity, CIA triad: Confidentiality, Integrity,
Availability, Security design principles: defence-in-depth, least privilege, separation of duties.
Unit – II
Cyber Offenses: Introduction, How Criminals plan the Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber Cafe and
Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector.
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime: Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking,
Password Managers, Keyloggers and Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horse and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS
and DDoS attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Unit – III
Cyber Laws: The Legal Perspectives, Need of Cyber laws: the Indian Context, The Indian IT Act, Amendments of Indian
IT Act, Challenges to Indian Law and Cyber Crime Scenario in India.
Unit – IV
Understanding Cyber Forensics: Need for Computer Forensics, Cyber Forensics and Digital Evidence, Forensics
Analysis of Email, Digital Forensics Life Cycle, Chain of Custody Concept, Network Forensics, Approaching a Cyber
Forensics Investigation, Challenges in Computer Forensics.
Unit – V
Cyber Security Organizational Implications: Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for
Organizations, Security and Privacy Implications, Social media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations.
Capstone Project: Group project: analyse a real-world cyber-attack, develop a mitigation strategy, and present findings
to the class.
Text Books:
1. Sunit Belpre and Nina Godbole, “Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and
Legal Perspectives”, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd, 2011.
2. William Stallings,” Cryptography and Network Security - Principles and Practice”, Pearson Education, 6th
Edition,2013.
3. Whitman, M., & Mattord, H.”Principles of information security” (6th ed.). CENGAGE Learning Custom
Publishing, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. Alfred Basta, Nadine Basta, Mary Brown, Ravinder Kumar, “Cyber Security and Cyber Laws”, Paperback –
2018.
2. Kevin Mandia, Chris Prosise, “Incident Response and computer forensics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
e-Resources:
1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=cybersecurity&productDifficultyLevel=Beginner
2. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou19_cs08/preview
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22EGO02
GENDER SENSTISATION
(Open Elective – III)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Sensibility regarding issues of gender in contemporary India.
2. A critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
3. Popular debates on the politics and economics of work while helping them reflect critically on gender violence.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the difference between “Sex” and “Gender” and be able to explain socially constructed theories of
identity.
2. Recognize shifting definitions of “Man” and “Women” in relation to evolving notions of “Masculinity” and
“Femininity”.
3. Appreciate women’s contributions to society historically, culturally and politically.
4. Analyze the contemporary system of privilege and oppressions, with special attention to the ways in which
gender intersects with race, class, sexuality, ethnicity, ability, religion, and nationality.
5. Demonstrate an understanding of personal life, the workplace, the community and active civic engagement
through classroom learning.
CO 2 - - 1 - - 2 2 1 1 - - 1 - - 1
CO 3 - - 1 - - 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 - - -
CO 4 - - 1 - - 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 - 1 1
CO 5 - - 1 - - 2 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
UNIT – I
Understanding Gender:
Gender: Why Should We Study It? (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -1)
Socialization: Making Women, Making Men (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -2)
Introduction. Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste. Different Masculinities.
UNIT – II
Gender and Biology:
Missing Women: Sex Selection and Its Consequences (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -4)
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences.
Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -10)
Two or Many? Struggles with Discrimination.
UNIT – III
Gender and Labour:
Housework: the Invisible Labour (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -3)
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
“My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share the Load.”
Women’s Work: Its Politics and Economics (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -7)
Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work. Additional Reading:Wages and Conditions of Work.
UNIT-IV
Issues of Violence
Sexual Harassment: Say No! (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -6)
Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with Everyday Harassment- Further Reading:“Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking Out (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -8)
Is Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding Lives. Additional Reading:
New Forums for Justice.
Thinking about Sexual Violence (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -11)
Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life….” - Additional Reading: The Caste Face ofViolence.
UNIT – V
Gender: Co - Existence
Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -12)
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers.
Additional Reading: Rosa Parks-The Brave Heart.
Text Books:
1. A. Suneetha, Uma Bhrugubanda, Duggirala Vasanta, Rama Melkote, Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed,
Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on
Gender”, Telugu Akademi, Hyderabad, 2015.
Suggested Reading:
1. Menon, Nivedita. “Seeing like a Feminist”, Zubaan-Penguin Books, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Abdulali Sohaila, “I Fought For My Life…and Won”, Available online at:
http://www.thealternative.in/lifestyle/i-fought-for-my-lifeand-won-sohaila-abdulal/
e-Resources:
1. https://aifs.gov.au/publications/gender-equality-and-violence-against-women/introduction
2. https://theconversation.com/achieving-gender-equality-in-india
Note: Since it is an Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields of English Literature or
Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has expertise in this field from engineering
departments.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CSO03
SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGY
(Open Elective – III )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Understand the importance of software testing in the software development lifecycle.
2. Learn various software testing methodologies and techniques.
3. Gain hands-on experience with industry-standard testing tools.
4. Develop the skills to design and execute comprehensive test plans.
5. Analyze and interpret test results to improve software quality.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. List a range of different software testing techniques and strategies and be able to apply specific (automated) unit
testing methods to the projects.
2. Distinguish characteristics of structural testing methods.
3. Demonstrate the integration testing which aims to uncover interaction and compatibility problems as early as possible.
4. Discuss the functional and system testing methods.
5. Demonstrate various issues for object-oriented testing.
CO 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO 4 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO 5 2 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2
UNIT - I
Introduction: Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs, taxonomy of bugs.
Flow graphs and Path testing: Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path predicates and achievable paths, path
sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of path testing.
UNIT - II
Transaction Flow Testing: Transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques. Dataflow testing: Basics of dataflow
testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of dataflow testing.
Domain Testing: domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain testing, domains and interfaces testing, domain and
interface testing, domains and testability.
UNIT - III
Paths, Path products and Regular expressions: Path products & path expression, reduction procedure, applications, regular
expressions & flow anomaly detection.
Logic-Based Testing: overview, decision tables, path expressions, kv charts, specifications.
UNIT - IV
State, State Graphs and Transition testing: State graphs, good & bad state graphs, state testing, Testability tips.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT - V
Graph Matrices and Application: Motivational overview, matrix of graph, relations, power of a matrix, node reduction
algorithm, building tools. (Student should be given an exposure to a tool like JMeter or Win-runner).
Text Books:
1. Software Testing techniques - Baris Beizer, Dreamtech, second edition.
2. Software Testing Tools – Dr. K. V. K. K. Prasad, Dreamtech.
Suggested Reading:
1. The craft of software testing - Brian Marick, Pearson Education.
2. Software Testing Techniques – SPD(Oreille)
3. Software Testing in the Real World – Edward Kit, Pearson.
4. Effective methods of Software Testing, Perry, John Wiley.
5. Art of Software Testing – Meyers, John Wiley.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22CAO03
FOUNDATIONS OF DEEP LEARNING
(Open Elective – III )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Pre-requisites: Calculus, Probability and Statistics, Python Programming, Machine Learning.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Provide students with a foundational understanding of the history of deep learning, key concepts, and early neural
network models.
2. Equip students with the skills to design and optimize feedforward neural networks using various gradient descent
methods and optimization algorithms.
3. Develop students' competence in applying principal component analysis, singular value decomposition, and different
types of autoencoders for data representation and regularization.
4. Enable students to design, implement, and apply convolutional neural networks (CNNs) for image and data processing
tasks.
5. Enhance students' ability to design and apply recurrent neural networks (RNNs) and attention mechanisms for
complex sequence modeling tasks.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of deep learning history, key milestones, and foundational concepts.
2. Design, develop, and optimize feedforward neural networks and understand their representation power.
3. Apply principal component analysis, singular value decomposition, and various autoencoder models for data
analysis and dimensionality reduction.
4. Develop and implement convolutional neural networks (CNNs) using modern architectures and techniques.
5. Design and utilize recurrent neural networks (RNNs) and advanced attention mechanisms for sequential data
processing.
Unit-I
History of Deep Learning, Deep Learning Success Stories, McCulloch Pitts Neuron, Thresholding Logic, Perceptrons,
Perceptron Learning Algorithm Multilayer Perceptrons (MLPs), Representation Power of MLPs, Sigmoid Neurons, Gradient
Descent.
Unit-II
Feedforward Neural Networks, Representation Power of Feedforward Neural Networks Feed Forward Neural Networks,
Backpropagation Gradient Descent (GD), Momentum Based GD, Nesterov Accelerated GD, Stochastic GD, AdaGrad,
RMSProp, Adam, Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Eigenvalue Decomposition, Basis
Unit-III
Principal Component Analysis and its interpretations, Singular Value Decomposition Auto encoders and relation to PCA,
Regularization in auto encoders, Denoising auto encoders, Sparse auto encoders, Contractive autoencoders
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Regularization: Bias Variance Tradeoff, L2 regularization, Early stopping, Dataset augmentation, Parameter sharing and
tying, Injecting noise at input, Ensemble methods, Dropout
Unit-IV
Convolutional Neural Network: The Convolution Operation, Motivation, Pooling, Convolution and Pooling, Batch
Normalization.
Unit-V
Recurrent Neural Networks, Vanishing and Exploding Gradients, GRU, LSTMs. Encoder Decoder Models, Attention
Mechanism, Attention over images.
Text Books:
1. Goodfellow. I., Bengio. Y. and Courville. A., “Deep Learning “, MIT Press, 2016.
2. Rothman, Denis, “Transformers for Natural Language Processing: Build innovative deep neural network architectures
for NLP with Python, PyTorch, TensorFlow, BERT, RoBERTa, and more”, Packt Publishing Ltd, 2021.
3. Ganguly Kuntal, “Learning generative adversarial networks: next-generation deep learning simplified”, Packt
Publishing, 2017
Suggested Reading:
1. Bishop, Christopher. Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 1995. ISBN:
9780198538646.
2. Bishop, Christopher M. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning. Springer, 2006. ISBN 978-0-387-31073-2
3. Duda, Richard, Peter Hart, and David Stork. Pattern Classification. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Wiley-Interscience, 2000.
ISBN: 9780471056690.
4. Mitchell, Tom. Machine Learning. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, 1997. ISBN: 9780070428072.
5. Richard Hartley, Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision, 2004. David Marr, Vision, 1982.
e-Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs41.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs22.
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs85.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ADO01
INDUSTRY 5.0 : APPLICATIONS OF AI
(Open Elective – III )
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To introduce Artificial Intelligence in detail from its basics to future applications and tools of Industry 5.0.
2. To provide insights on technological advancements and focus on preparing students and researchers
for.Industry 5.0.
3. To impart the importance of AI technologies in assistive technology.
4. To discuss the available applications of AI for promoting early diagnosis of diseases.
5. To understand the various AI technologies.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Summarize the evolution, current applications, and future challenges of artificial intelligence.
2. Evaluate the foundational elements and impacts of AI within machine learning paradigms.
3. Analyze AI's effectiveness in diagnosing diseases and enhancing assistive technology.
4. Design AI-driven solutions for modernizing and improving agricultural practices.
5. Assess AI's role in advancing radiotherapy techniques and ensuring quality assurance.
Unit-I
Artificial Intelligence Insight: Artificial Intelligence: What and Why, History of AI, What is AI?,The Basics, AI
Environment, Challenges in AI, Current work in AI for environment, Customer Experience (CX) and the use of AI, Future
of AI, Future challenges in AI
Unit-II
Influence of AI in Machine Learning: Definition, What is Machine Learning, Importance of Machine Learning, Types of
Machine Learning, Approaches of Machine Learning - Machine Learning Algorithm, Programming Languages, Frameworks,
Databases, Deployment tools, Methodology for Model Building, Machine learning methods, Statistical Measures, Application
areas of Machine Learning, Medical Machine Learning , Influence of AI and ML in Clinical and Genomic Diagnostics.
Unit-III
Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare sector & Assistive Technology (AT): AI in diagnosis of Genetic Diseases, Cancer,
Diabetes, AI in Diagnosis of Syndrome, AI in diagnosis of Psychiatric Disorders, Depression, Alzheimer’s Disease, Autism
Spectrum Disorder, Anxiety, Parkinson’s Disease, AI in other Diagnosis, Infectious, Lung and Brain Disease, Case studies
on AI in systems Biology, AI technologies in Systems Biology towards Pharmacogenomics, AI in Systems Biology for Cancer
Cure, Applications of AI for COVID-19 Pandemic, Transformative impact of AI on AT, AI experience and AT for disables
people in India, AI Powered technology for an inclusive world .
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Unit-IV
Artificial Intelligence in Agriculture: Need of AI in Agriculture, Emerging Agricultural Technologies, Soil and water
sensors, Weather Tracking, Satellite Imaging Agriculture, Automation Systems, RFID Technology, Potential Agricultural
Domain for Modernization, AI transformation in Agricultural Scenarios.
Unit-V
Artificial Intelligence in Radiotherapy: Importance of Artificial Intelligence in Radiotherapy , AI tools for automated
treatment planning (ATP), Present ATP techniques, AI applications, Advancements and Research Guidance in ATP, AI
challenges in ATP, AI in Intensity-modulated Radiotherapy (IMRT), AI for IMRT Dose Estimation, AI for IMRT Planning
Support, AI for Modeling IMRT outcome and plan deliverability, AI for AUTO- Segmentation of OAR in IMRT, AI in
Brachytherapy, AI in Radiotherapy Quality Assurance, Challenges associate with AI for Quality Assurance in RT, Future
directions to improve AI-based Quality Assurance in RT, AI in Radiation Biology, AI in Radiation Protection/Safety,
Motivations to develop AI-Based systems for Radiation protection.
Text Book:
1. Kaliraj, P., & Devi, T. (Eds.). (2021). Artificial Intelligence Theory, Models, and Applications (1st ed.). CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, Boca Raton, ebook ISBN 9781032008097 Auerbach Publications.
https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003175865
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ADO02
DATA SCIENCE USING PYTHON
(Open Elective – III)
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To familiarize the data scientists, work environment like IPython and Jupyter.
2. To understand ndarray object for efficient storage and manipulation of dense data arrays in python using NumPy.
3. To understand DataFrame object for efficient storage and manipulation of labelled / columnar data in python using
Pandas.
4. To perform data visualizations in python using Matplotlib.
5. To practice machine learning algorithms in python using Scikit-Learn.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply advanced IPython features including shell commands, magic commands, and debugging techniques.
2. Analyze NumPy functionalities such as data types, arrays, and computations, and implement them in data
manipulation tasks.
3. Evaluate Pandas capabilities for data manipulation, aggregation, and grouping, and apply them to real-world datasets.
4. Create visualizations using Matplotlib, customize plots, and interpret various types of plots for effective data
communication.
5. Implement machine learning algorithms using Scikit-Learn, validate models, and apply them to real-world problems.
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
UNIT-I
Ipython: Beyond Normal Python
Shell and Notebook, Help and Documentation in IPython, Keyboard Shortcuts in the IPython Shell, IPython Magic
Commands, Input and Output History, IPython and Shell Commands, Errors and Debugging Profiling and Timing Code.
UNIT-II
Introduction To Numpy
Understanding Data Types in Python, The Basics of NumPy Arrays, Computation on NumPy Arrays: Universal Functions,
Aggregations, Computation on Arrays, Comparisons, Masks, and Boolean Logic, Fancy Indexing, Sorting Arrays, Structured
Data.
UNIT-III
Data Manipulation with Pandas
Installing and Using Pandas, Introducing Pandas Objects, Data Indexing and Selection, Operating on Data in Pandas, Handling
Missing Data, Hierarchical Indexing, Combining Datasets, Aggregation and Grouping, Pivot Tables, Vectorized String
Operations, Working with Time Series, High-Performance Pandas.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
UNIT-IV
Visualization with Matplotlib
General Matplotlib Tips, Simple Line Plots, Simple Scatter Plots, Visualizing Errors, Density and Contour Plots, Histograms,
Binnings, and Density, Customizing Plot Legends, Customizing Colorbars, Multiple Subplots, Text and Annotation,
Customizing Ticks, Customizing Matplotlib, Three-Dimensional Plotting in Matplotlib, Geographic Data with Basemap,
Visualization with Seaborn.
UNIT-V
Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn
Machine Learning- Introducing Scikit-Learn, Hyperparameters and Model Validation, Feature Engineering, Naive Bayes
Classification, Linear Regression, Support Vector Machines, Decision Trees and Random Forests, Principal Component
Analysis, k-Means Clustering, Gaussian Mixture Models, Application: A Face Detection Pipeline.
Text Books:
1. Jake VanderPlas, ―Python Data Science Handbook: Essential Tools for Working with Data‖, O‘Reilly, 2017.
Suggested Reading:
1. Wes McKinney, ―Python for Data Analysis: Data Wrangling with Pandas, NumPy, and IPython‖, O‘Reilly, 2nd
Edition,2018.
2. Python for data science for dummies 2nd Edition, John Paul Mueller, Luca Massaron, Wiley
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECC34
TECHNICAL SEMINAR
Instruction 2 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE -
SEE -
CIE 50 Marks
Credits 1
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To introduce students to critical reading, understanding, summarizing, explaining and preparing report on
state-of-the-art topics in a broad area of his/her specialization.
2. Seminar topics may be chosen by the students with advice from the faculty members and the student shall
readfurther relevant articles in the domain.
3. Documenting the seminar report in a prescribed format.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Collect, Organize, Analyze and Consolidate information about emerging technologies from the literature.
2. Exhibit effective communication skills, stage courage, and confidence.
3. Demonstrate intrapersonal skills.
4. Explain new innovations/inventions in the relevant field.
5. Prepare and experience in writing the Seminar Report in a prescribed format.
The goal of a seminar is to introduce students to critical reading, understanding, summarizing, explaining and preparing
report on state-of-the-art topics in a broad area of his/ her specialization. Seminar topics may be chosen by the students
with advice from the faculty members and the student shall read further relevant articles in the domain.
The seminar must be clearly structured, and the power point presentation shall include following aspects:
1. Introduction to the field
2. Literature survey
3. Consolidation of available in formation
4. Summary and Conclusions
5. References
Seminars are to be scheduled from 3rd week to the last week of the semester and any change in schedule shall be discouraged.
For the award of sessional marks, the students are judged by three (3) faculty members and are based on oral and written
presentations as well as their involvement in the discussions during the oral presentation.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
Note: 1. Topic of the seminar shall be preferably from any peer reviewed recent Journal publications.
2. It is not appropriate for two students to present on the same topic.
22ECC35
PROJECT PART - II
Instruction 8 P Hours per Week
Duration of SEE -
SEE 100 Marks
CIE 100 Marks
Credits 4
Prerequisite: Student must have earned the credits of “Project: Part – 1”.
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. The object of Project: Part-2 is to enable the student extend further the investigative study, either fully
theoretical /practical or involving both theoretical and practical work.
2. The work shall be carried out under the guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly
with aSupervisor drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry.
3. Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including teamwork.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Recall the details of the approach for the selected problem.
2. Interpret the approach to the problem relating to the assigned topic.
3. Determine the action plan to conduct investigation.
4. Analyze and present the model / simulation /design as needed.
5. Evaluate, present and report the results of the analysis and justify the same.
The objective of 'Project: Part - II' is to enable the student extend further the investigative study taken up, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the guidance of a Supervisor from the
Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good
training for the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. This includes:
1. In depth study of the topic assigned.
2. Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic.
3. Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including teamwork.
4. Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment as needed.
5. Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future directions.
6. Preparing a Publication for Conference presentation/ Journals, if possible.
7. Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the Department.
8. Final Seminar presentation before Departmental Committee.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
In the process of strengthening the quality of the projects, it is required for each B.E project outcome(s) must be mapped to
Publications submitted/published
Products/ prototypes/ working models
IPRs (Patents & Etc) Submitted/published.
Projects Showcased/ Presentations.
Prizes won, if any like best Project.
Leading to a start-up.
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
List of Open Elective Courses offered by ECE Dept. to other departments UG Programs
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn the concepts industrial control systems.
2. Learn how to measure the physical parameters in industry.
3. Learn the applications of Robots in industry.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the features of various automatic and process control systems.
2. Define and analyze various measuring parameters in the industry.
3. Compare performance of various controllers (P, PD, PI, and PID).
4. Illustrate the role of digital computers in automation.
5. Develop various robot structures for different applications.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Automatic Control Systems: Purpose of Automatic Control, How an Industrial Control System is
implemented, Introduction to Automatic Control theory.
Sensors: Sensor definition, Different types of Sensors:Motion, Position, Force, Level sensors, and Thermo couples.
UNIT-II
Theory of Measurements: Measurement goals and concepts, Scale factor, Linearity, accuracy, Range, Resolution, Precision
and repeatability.
Measurement Techniques and Hardware: Typical Sensor outputs, Bridge measurements: General equation for bridge
balance, Resistance balanced Wheatstone bridge, Variable voltage type measurements, Frequency type measurements.
UNIT-III
Process Controllers: What is a Controller, uses of Controllers, Open loop and closed loop Control, proportional, Analog and
Digital methods of Control.
Controller Hardware: Analog and Digital Controllers, Pneumatic controllers, Integral, derivative, PI,PD,PID controllers.
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
UNIT-IV
Digital Computers as Process Controllers: Introduction, Information required by the computer, Information required by the
process, Computer Interface electronics, Digital Computer input-output, computer processing of data, Digital Process control
computer design, Computer programming.
Actuators: Electro mechanical - Linear motion and rotary motion solenoids, DC motors, AC motors and Stepped motors.
UNIT-V
Robots: What are robots, Robots and process Control systems, Degrees of freedom, factories of the future, Delivery, Disposal
and transport systems, Sensing elements, Robot Classifications and Applications. Trouble shooting System failures:
Preliminary steps and other troubleshooting aids.
Text Books:
1. Ronald P. Hunter, “Automated process control systems – concepts and Hardware”, 2/e, PHI, 1987.
2. Norman A. Anderson, “Instrumentation for process measurement and Control”, 3/e, CRC Press, 2005.
Suggested Reading:
1. Kuo B. C, “Automatic Control Systems”, 9th edition
2. A.K Sawhney,“A course on Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation”.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECO02
REMOTE SENSING AND GIS
Course Objectives:
This course is aims to:
1. Explain the fundamental concepts of remote sensing and digital imaging techniques.
2. Make the students to understand the principles of thermal and microwave remote sensing.
3. Make the students understand the significance of GIS and the process of GIS.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the understanding of basic concepts of remote sensing and interpreting energy interactions.
2. Choose an appropriate technique for a given scenario by appreciating the types of remote sensing.
3. Distinguish the principle behind the working of microwave and LiDAR sensing.
4. Apply Microwave remote sensing techniques
5. Explain the procedure for encoding data and geospatial data analysis.
CO 2 3 1 1 1 – 1 1 1 -- 1 -- 2 1 -- --
CO 3 3 1 1 1 – 1 1 1 -- 1 -- 2 1 -- --
CO 4 2 1 1 1 – 1 1 1 -- 1 -- 2 1 -- --
CO 5 3 1 1 1 – 1 1 1 -- 1 -- 2 1 -- --
UNIT-I
Concept of Remote Sensing: Remote sensing definition, data, process, EM bands used in remote sensing, Interactions and
recording of energy: interaction with atmosphere, interaction with earth surface features (soil, water, vegetation), recording of
energy by sensors, Transmission, reception and processing, Image interpretation and analysis, Applications, Advantages, and
limitations of Remote sensing.
UNIT-II
Digital Imaging: Types of Remote sensing, Sensor resolutions, Digital Image, Sensor components, Principle of a long-track
and across-track scanning, Hyperspectral Imaging, Thermal Remote Sensing.
UNIT-III
Microwave Remote Sensing: Active and Passive Microwave Remote Sensing, Radar Imaging: Key components of imaging
radar, viewing geometry, spatial resolution, principle of RAR, SAR and their range resolution, Satellite Radar Imaging,
LIDAR.
UNIT-IV
Concept of Geographic Information Systems: Key components of GIS, joining spatial and attribute data, functions,
advantages and applications of GIS, Spatial data model, Raster data model, Vector data model.
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
UNIT-V
Process of GIS and Geospatial analysis: Data sources, encoding raster data, encoding vector data, encoding attribute data,
linking spatial and attribute data, Geospatial data analysis methods database query, geospatial measurement, overlay
operations, network analysis and surface analysis. Integration of GIS and remote sensing.
Text Books:
1. Basudeb Bhatta, “Remote Sensing and GIS”, 2/e, Oxford University Press, 2012.
2. Lillesand T.M., and Kiefer R.W. “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation”, 6/e, John Wiley &Sons, 2000.
Suggested Reading:
1. James B. Campbell and Randolph H. Wynne, “Introduction to Remote Sensing”, the Guilford Press, 2011.
2. Michael N DeMers, “Fundamentals of GIS”, 2/e, John Wiley, 2008.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECO03
FUNDAMENTALS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. To familiarize the concepts related to cellular communication and its capacity.
2. To teach students the fundamentals of propagation models and multipath fading.
3. To describe diversity schemes applied in wireless communication and understand the latest
wireless technologies
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the overview of Wireless Communication.
2. Relate the cellular concepts like frequency reuse, hand off, coverage and capacity.
3. Analyse the mobile radio propagation with large scale and small scale fading.
4. Select the suitable diversity technique to combat the multipath fading effects.
5. Compare the multiple access techniques and apply to wireless standards
CO 2 2 1 1 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 2 2 1
CO 3 2 2 1 2 2 - 2 - - - - 1 2 1 1
CO 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 2 - 2 1 1 1
CO 5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 1
UNIT-I
An overview of wireless communications: Roadmap of cellular communications. First-Generation systems. Second-
Generation systems. Third-Generation systems, Fourth-Generation systems and Fifth-Generation Systems.
UNIT-II
The Cellular Concept-System Design Fundamentals: Introduction, Frequency Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies.
Handoff Strategies. Interference and System Capacity. Power Control for Reducing Interference.
UNIT-III
Mobile Radio Propagation: Large-Scale Path Loss, Introduction to Radio Wave Propagation, Free Space Propagation Model,
the Three Basic Propagation Mechanisms, Small-Scale Fading and Multipath: Small-Scale Multipath Propagation, Factors
Influencing Small-Scale Fading, Doppler Shift, Types of Small-Scale Fading.
UNIT-IV
Diversity Techniques: Practical Space Diversity Considerations- Selection Diversity, Feedback or Scanning, Maximal Ratio
Combining Diversity Equal Gain Combining. Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing: Introduction, Principle of OFDM.
OFDM transceivers Cyclic prefix, Spectrum of OFDM, Fading mitigation in OFDM. Intercarrier interference.
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
UNIT-V
Multiple access techniques: Duplexing: FDD versus TDD. FDMA. TDMA. CDMA. OFDMA. SDMA
Wireless Standards: Global System for Mobile (GSM). GSM Services and Features, GSM System Architecture, GSM Radio
Subsystem. GPRS and EDGE- features.
Text Books:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport - Wireless Communications Principles and Practice, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Andreas F.Molisch - Wireless Communications John Wiley, 2nd Edition, 2006.
3. Ke-Lin Du, Concordia University, Montréal,M. N. S. Swamy- Wireless Communication Systems.From RF Subsystems
to 4G Enabling Technologies. April 2010
Reference Books:
1. Sanjay Kumar, “Wireless Communication the Fundamental and Advanced Concepts” River Publishers, Denmark, 2015
2. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press, First Edition, 2005.
3. Wireless Communications and Networking, Vijay Garg, Elsevier Publications, 2007.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECO04
BASICS OF DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn the advantages of DSP over analog signal processing.
2. Analyze discrete-time signals in the frequency domain using DFT and FFT.
3. Learn the theory of digital filters.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the concept of Discrete time signals and systems
2. Analyze the frequency domain representation of discrete time sequence using DTFT and DFT.
3. Apply FFT to the given sequence.
4. Implementation of FIR filter for the given specifications
5. Design an IIR filter for the given specifications.
UNIT-I
Discrete Time Signals and Systems: Introduction, basic elements of a digital signal processing system, advantages and
disadvantages of Digital Signal Processing over Analog signal processing, sampling theorem, analog to digital and digital to
analog conversion. Discrete-Time System: Mathematical representation of Discrete Time Systems, Concept of Impulse
response, and Transfer function, Linear and Time invariant systems, Concept of causality and stability.
UNIT-II
Frequency Domain Analysis of Discrete Time Sequences: Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT), properties of DTFT,
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and its properties, relationship between DFT to the DTFT, circular convolution.
UNIT-III
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT): Introduction, Radix-2 Decimation–In-Time FFT(DIT-FFT) and Decimation-In-Frequency
FFT(DIF- FFT) algorithms, Bit reversal order, In-place computation.
UNIT-IV
FIR Filter Design: Introduction, Linear phase filters, Design of FIR (LPF, HPF, BPF and BSF) filters using Windows,
Comparison between FIR and IIR filters.
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
UNIT-V
IIR Filter Design: Butterworth & Chebyshev approximations, Conversion from analog filters to digital filters using Impulse
Invariance Method (IIM) and Bilinear Transformation (BLT) methods, prewarping. Realization of IIR filters- Direct form I &
II, Realization of FIR filters-Direct from, linear phase.
Text Books:
1. Alan V. Oppenheim & Ronald W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing,” PHI, 2/e, 2010.
2. John G. Proakis&Dimtris G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and Application,” PHI,
4/e, 2012.
Suggested Reading:
1. Sanjit K Mitra, " Digital Signal Processing", Tata Mc Graw Hill, Third edition, 2006
2. ChiTsong Chen, "Digital Signal Processing", Indian edition, 2009.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECO05
PRINCIPLES OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Learn the fundamentals of the embedded system design.
2. Learn architecture details of embedded processors
3. Analyze various embedded applications and debugging tools.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand hardware and software details of embedded system.
2. Analyze the architecture and instruction set of embedded processors.
3. Develop the embedded system design cycle
4. Apply various debugging tools for embedded system applications.
5. Design different case studies for embedded applications
UNIT I
Embedded systems: Embedded systems vs General computing systems, Classifications, Applications areas, Processor
embedded into a system, Processor selection for embedded system, Embedded hardware units and devices in a system, Design
metrics and Challenges in embedded system design.
UNIT II
Embedded Processors: PIC 18 Family Overview, Architecture, Instruction Set, Addressing modes, Timers and Interrupts of
PIC 18. Capture/Compare and PWM modules of PIC 18.
UNIT III
Introduction to advanced processor architectures: ARM design philosophy. ARM data flow model, Register organization,
Program Status Register, Pipeline, Introduction to exceptions. ARM instruction set, Introduction ARM cortex series, salient
features.
UNIT IV
Embedded System Design Cycle: Embedded system design and co-design issues in system development process, Design
cycle in the development phase for an embedded system. Embedded software development tools: Host and Target machines,
Linker/Locators for embedded software, Embedded software into the target system.
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
UNIT V
Debugging tools and Applications: Integration and testing of embedded hardware, testing methods, Debugging techniques,
Laboratory tools and target hardware debugging: Logic Analyzer, Simulator, Emulator and In-Circuit Emulator, IDE.
Case Studies: Design of Embedded Systems using Microcontrollers – for applications in the area of communications and
automotives. (GSM/GPRS, CAN, Zigbee).
Text Books:
1. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems-Architecture, Programming and Design,” 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2015.
2. Andrew N.SLOSS, DomonicSymes Chris Wright “ARM System Developers Guide- Designing and optimizing
system software” ELSEVIER 1st Edition2004.
3. Mazidi, MCKinlay and Danny Causey, “PIC Microcontrollers and Embedded Systems”, Pearson Education. 2008
Suggested Readings:
1. David E.Simon, “An Embedded software primer”, Pearson Education,2004.
2. Steve Furber “ARM System on Chip Architecture” 2/e Pearson education, 2000.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECO06
PRINCIPLES OF VLSI
Course Objectives:
1. To study various characteristics of MOS transistor.
2. To learn various concepts required to obtain the digital logic layout diagrams.
3. To learn various memory design concepts.
4. To study various VLSI Fabrication process steps.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to
1. Understand characteristic behavior of MOSFET
2. Describe various MOS layers and layout design rules.
3. Implement various CMOS logic circuits.
4. Design various MOS memories.
5. Understand the concepts of VLSI technology.
UNIT – I
Introduction to MOS Technology: Basic MOS Transistor action. Enhancement and Depletion Modes. Basic electrical
properties of MOS. Threshold voltage and Body Effect.
UNIT-II
MOS and CMOS circuit Design Process: N-Well, P-Well and Twin-Tub process. MOS Layers, Stick diagrams, Lambda
based Design rules and Layout diagrams.
UNIT – III
CMOS Design: Design of MOS inverters with different loads. Basic Logic Gates with CMOS: INVERTER, NAND, NOR,
AOI and OAI gates. Transmission gate logic circuits, BiCMOS inverter, D flip flop using Transmission gates.
UNIT – IV
Memories: Design of Dynamic Register Element, 3T, 1T Dynamic RAM Cell, 6T Static RAM Cell. NOR and NAND based
ROM Memory Design.
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
UNIT-V
Introduction to VLSI Technology and Fabrication Process: Introduction to microelectronics and moore’s law, Various
layers of IC, Wafer preparation and crystal growth, Oxidation, CVD, Lithography, Etching, Ion implantation, Diffusion
techniques.
Text Books:
1. Kamran Eshraghian, Douglas A. Pucknell, SholehEshraghian, “Essentials of VLSI circuits and systems”, PHI, 2011.
2. Neil H E Weste, David Harris, Ayan Banerjee “CMOC VLSI Design –A circuit and System Perspective”, 3/e, Pearson
Education, 2006.
3. J.D.Plummer, M.D.Deal and P.B.Griffin, “The Silicon VLSI Technology Fundamentals”, Practice and modeling, Pearson
Education 2009.
Suggested Reading:
1. John P. Uyemura, “Introduction to VLSI Circuits and systems”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. Simon Sze” VlSI Technology, 2/E”, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt Limited-2003
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
22ECO07
NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC
Instruction 3 L Hours per Week
Duration of SEE 3 Hours
SEE 60 Marks
CIE 40 Marks
Credits 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims to:
1. Study the learning strategies of artificial neural networks and their training algorithms.
2. Acquire knowledge about associate memory and training algorithms of various associate memory networks.
3. Study the fuzzy rule base system, decision making system, different methods of defuzzification and applications of
fuzzy logic.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. To differentiate Biological system, intelligent systems and the concepts of crisp and fuzzy set theory
2. To analyze the learning strategies of Artificial Neural networks and learning rules
3. To understand training algorithms and are able to provide adequate knowledge about feed forward and feedback
neural networks.
4. To design training algorithms for associative memory network for pattern recognition problems
5. To demonstrate knowledge and understanding of fuzzy system as they apply in real time systems and apply different
methodologies to solve the problem related to the problem related to defuzzification.
UNIT-I
Artificial Neural Networks:
Introduction, Biological Neuron, Artificial Neuron, Basic concepts of Neural Networks, Basic Models of ANN Connections,
McCulloch-Pitts Model, Characteristics of ANN, Applications of ANN.
UNIT-II
Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks:
Artificial Neuron Model, Operations of Artificial Neuron, Types of Neuron Activation Function, ANN Architectures,
Classification Taxonomy of ANN – Connectivity,
Learning, Strategies (Supervised, Unsupervised, Reinforcement), Learning Rules, Numerical problems, Types of Application
UNIT-III
Supervised Learning Networks:
Perceptron Network, Perceptron Learning Rule, Architecture, Perceptron Training Algorithm, ADALINE, MADALINE,
Back Propagation Network, BP Learning Rule, Input Layer Computation, Hidden Layer Computation, Output Layer
Computation, Radial Basis Function Demonstration through MATLAB- Introduction to Associate Memory Network
CBIT (A) Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 R-22 (A)
UNIT-IV
Classical & Fuzzy Sets:
Introduction to classical sets - properties, Operations and relations; Fuzzy sets, Membership, Uncertainty, Operations,
properties, fuzzy relations, cardinalities, membership functions.
UNIT-V
Fuzzy Logic System Components:
Fuzzification, Membership value assignment, development of rule base and decision making system, Defuzzification to crisp
sets, Defuzzification methods, Applications.
Text Books:
1. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic System by Bart Kosko, PHI Publications.
2. Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic, Genetic algorithms: synthesis and applications by Rajasekharan and Pai – PHI
Publications.
3. Fundamental of Artificial Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic-by Rajesh Kumar, Lakshmi publications
Reference Books:
1. Neural Networks – James A Freeman and Davis Skapura, Pearson Education.
2. Neural Networks – Simon Hakins , Pearson Education
Suggested Videos:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ge07/preview#:~:text=This%20course%20will%20start%20with,help%20of
%20some%20numerical%20examples.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
ADDITIONAL MINOR ENGINEERING DEGREE
I. Communications and Networking
II. Embedded Systems & IoT
III. Signal Processing
IV. VLSI
HONORS DEGREE
The list of courses for Honors Degree
Dept. of ECE.
Email id:
anuradhap_ece@cbit.ac.in.
Ph no:9848479974
Dept. of ECE.
Email id:
ksaikrishna_ece@cbit.ac.in
Ph no:9000285206
Ph no:8919126650
Sri.P.Chandra Sekhar,
Assistant Professor,
Dept. of ECE.
Email id:
pchandrasekhar_ece@cbit.ac.in
Ph no:9395161120
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
CBITECV01 EMBEDDED NETWORKS
Instruction 30 Lectures
USB bus – Introduction, Speed Identification on the bus, USB States, USB bus communication Packets,
Data flow types, Enumeration, Descriptors, PIC 18 Microcontroller USB Interface
Building a Network Hardware options, Cables, Connections and network speed, Design choices: Selecting
components, Ethernet Controllers, Using the internet in local and internet communications, Inside the
Internet protocol.
Exchanging messages using UDP and TCP, Serving web pages with Dynamic Data, Serving web pages
that respond to user Input, Email for Embedded Systems – Using FTP, Keeping Devices and Network
secure.
Network Topology, Localization, Time Synchronization, Energy efficient MAC protocols, SMAC,
Energy efficient and robust routing, Data Centric routing.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Embedded Systems Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction - Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis,
John & Wiley Publications, 2002
2. Parallel Port Complete: Programming, interfacing and using the PCs parallel printer port - Jan Axelson,
Penram Publications, 1996.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Advanced PIC microcontroller projects in C: from USB to RTOS with the PIC18F series -Dogan
Ibrahim, Elsevier 2008.
2. Embedded Ethernet and Internet Complete - Jan Axelson, Penram publications, 2003.
Python Foundation for Network Engineers: Python, Some questions to do within the session, lists
Dictionaries, Methods and Functions, Loops Working with Files.
Python libraries and Data Types: Python Libraries/Packages, Data Encoding Formats, JSON and
YAML.
API Concepts and Young data modeling: Data Modelling Fundamentals, YANG
CISCO solutions APIs: CISCO IOS-XE REST CONF APIs, Exploring CISCO DNA Centre API.
Introduction to Devops / IAC: Exploring CISCO Viptela SDWAN APIs, Infrastructure as Code Tools
and Technologies, Version Control Concepts-GIT, Working with Git local and remote repositories.
Text Books:
1) Jose Manuel Ortega, Dr. M. O. Faruque and Sam Washington, “Learning Python Network
Programming” 2nd Edition, Packt Publishing, 2015.
2) Chou E., “Mastering Python Networking: Your one-stop solution to using Python for network
automation, programmability, and DevOps”, 4th Edition, Packt Publishing, 2023.
CBIT Revised AICTE Model Curriculum with effect from AY 2024-25 (R-22 (A))
CBITECV03
AUTOMATIC TRAIN PROTECTION SYSTEM- KAVACH
Instruction 30 Lectures
Train Protection System - Kavach Overview of Kavach and its Working, Features, Subsystems, and
Communication Interfaces, Signalling Interfaces. Driver Machine Interlocking, Braking Interface, Radio
Equipment, On-board Computer, Transponder Receiver, Odometry, GNSS, GPRS, GSM Station Kavach,
Track Side Equipment, Signalling Interface, Radio & Tower, GNSS, Transponders, Network Monitoring
System. Location Referencing – Train position, Modes of Onboard subsystem, Train Characteristics,
Mode Transitions, Braking Curves, Speed Profiles, Speed Limits, Speed Monitoring, Target Speed, Target
Distance, Movement Authority, Communication Protocols, Key Management System (KMS), Messages
& Language.
Design –Kavach
Station Layout, Radio Signal Strength, Tower Location, Power Requirement, Cable Survey, Loco Fitment
Survey. Kavach Scheme Plan, Kavach Control Table, Signalling Interface Diagram, Connectivity Plans
for Remote Interface Units (RIUs), Power Supply Plan. Soil Testing, Foundation design, Super Structure
Design
Installation:
Interlocking Interface, RFID Tags, Station Master Operation Console Indication Panel (SM_OCIP),
GPS/GSM Antennas, Pre-commissioning Checklist, Testing. DMI, Speed Sensors, RFID Reader,
Onboard Computer, Brake Interface Unit, Pre-commissioning Checklist, Testing.
Text Book:
1) S-28 A,KAVACH Indian Railway “Automatic Train Protection System” by IRISET,2022
HOD-ECE